Catalog - Tennsco
Transcription
Catalog - Tennsco
Mailing Address: P.O. Box 1888 Dickson, TN 37056-1888 Shipping Address: 201 Tennsco Drive Dickson, TN 37055 Toll Free Customer Service: (866) 446-8686 • Fax (866) 445-7260 Toll Free Ordering: (866) 864-4796 (615) 446-8000 • (800) 251-8184 • Fax (800) 722-0134 www.tennsco.com • [email protected] © Tennsco 2014 T1-14 Steel Lockers: Cubby Lockers Cubby Lockers are designed for your everyday needs. These units can be used for a broad variety of applications from supply storage, to books, to childrens lockers. All-steel construction with a durable powdercoat finish, these cubby lockers provide long term value. Available Colors CC-78 (18 Openings) Cat. No. CC-66 (15 Openings) TENNSCO QUICK-SHIP PROGRAM CC-30 CC-40 CC-52 CC-66 CC-78 ECS-1 NEED AN ORDER FAST? Look for the ♦ logo throughout the book. LCH-2 No of. Openings 6 9 12 15 18 W D H Cubby Lockers 34 1/2 13 1/2 30 34 1/2 13 1/2 40 34 1/2 13 1/2 52 34 1/2 13 1/2 66 34 1/2 13 1/2 78 Extra Shelf 10 12 3/4 3/4 Extra Coat Hook Wt. List Price 56 76 97 120 140 $394.00 502.00 635.00 750.00 860.00 1.6 9.80 0.2 3.10 Many of Tennsco's top items are available to ship in 2 days. Quick Ship inventory is available in limited quantities and select colors. For larger orders, please contact customer service for availability. CC-52 (12 Openings) CC-40 (9 Openings) CC-30 (6 Openings) National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 STEEL LOCKERS 55 Table of Contents Steel Locker Accessories Locker Benches are available and feature a clear lacquer finish on 1¼" thick laminated maple top. Combination and Manual Locking options provide security and are virtually tamper-proof. Number/Name Plates provide order and a clean finished look Sloping Tops prevent unwanted clutter and are available in one wide and three wide units. Choose from Front and Closed Locker Bases that provide a flush, finished appearance. Cat. No. W D H Wt. HMLB-36 36 91/2 11/4 HMLB-48 48 91/2 11/4 HMLB-60 60 91/2 11/4 11/4 HMLB-72 72 91/2 HMLB-84 84 91/2 11/4 11/4 HMLB-96 96 91/2 HMLB-108 108 91/2 11/4 HMLB-120 120 91/2 11/4 11/4 HMLB-132 132 91/2 HMLB-144 144 91/2 11/4 LBP-1 ♦ Bench Pedestal (161/4" H) Please Note Bookcases 11 Literature Sorters, 30 Drawer Organizers & Card Files 12 Vertical Files 13 QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Lateral Files 14 Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories 15 Imperial Shelving & Doors To Meet HIPAA Compliance 16 Fixed Shelf Filing Units & Lateral File Units 17 Add-A-Stack Shelving 18 ESP Shelving & Regal Shelving 19 - Assembly required. Locker Bench 10 16 20 20 28 32 36 40 44 48 7 List Price $101.00 135.00 166.00 199.00 232.00 271.00 311.00 345.00 388.00 431.00 54.00 Note: Must order bench pedestal separately. Use three pedestals for benches 108" to 144". W 4-10 Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Sloping Tops - Assembly required. Cat. No. Storage Cabinets D H Wt. List Price KST-1212 ♦ KST-1215 ♦ KST-1218 ♦ KST-1518 ♦ KST-1521 KST-1821 KST-2424 Sloping Top - One Wide 12 12 12 15 12 18 15 18 15 21 18 21 24 24 - 3.6 4.3 5 5.5 7.6 7.9 9.1 $44.00 46.00 49.00 52.00 62.00 65.00 110.00 KST-3612 ♦ KST-3615 ♦ KST-3618 ♦ KST-4518 ♦ KST-4521 Sloping Top - Three Wide 36 12 7.7 36 15 9 36 18 10.1 45 18 13.4 45 21 15 61.00 69.00 74.00 83.00 97.00 Z-Line Shelving (Low Profile, Long Span, Record Archive, Stur-D-Stor and Z-Line Components) 20-26 27 Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks Q-Line Industrial Shelving (Pre-configured Units & Components) 28-31 Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets & Foreman’s Desk 32 Tool & Die Rack 33 34-35 Bulk Storage (Uprights & Components) 36 Logic Wire Shelving & Hand Carts Mobile Workbenches 37-38 Workbenches (Fixed & Adjustable Leg, Electronic & Electronic Modular), Service Carts, Workbench Accessories 39-45 Stur-D-Bench 46 Technical Workstations 47 Steel Lockers (Single, Double, Box Lockers, C-Thru Lockers, Ventilated Lockers, Accessories, Cubbies) 48-55 POLICY AND SERVICES PRICING: All prices are F.O.B. Tennsco Corp’s Facility in Dickson, Tennessee. All orders are subject to final acceptance at the Home Office, Dickson, Tennessee. Prices subject to change without notice. Tennsco has the right to make product design changes at any time. Tennsco’s prices do not include sales, use, excise or similar taxes. Consequently, in addition to the prices specified herein, the amount of any present or future sales, use, excise or similar tax applicable to the manufacture, sale, purchase or use of the goods sold hereunder shall be paid by Buyer. In lieu thereof, Buyer shall provide Seller with a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the applicable taxing authorities. Locks Cat. No. Description Wt. Grooved Key Locks MAS-1710MK Grooved Key Lock (Dead Bolt) .4 Combination Locks MAS-1670 MAS-1654 .5 .5 Dead Bolt (Master Keyed) Spring Bolt (Master Keyed) Combination Padlocks MAS-1525 MAS-1502 .5 .5 Combination (Master Keyed) Combination (No Key) List Price $39.00 47.00 46.00 21.00 14.90 (LNP-A) (LNP-3) Number/Name Plates Cat. No. LNP-3 LNP-A W Plastic Aluminum 54 STEEL LOCKERS 35/16 27/16 H Wt. /16 /4 .1 .1 7 3 List Price $2.10 1.50 Locker Bases Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price Front Bases (for use on leg lockers) FB-12 ♦ 12 6 1.2 $6.30 FB-15 ♦ 15 6 1.7 7.00 FB-18 ♦ 18 6 2 8.40 FB-24 24 6 2.8 14.60 End Bases (for use on leg lockers) EB-12 ♦ 12 6 1.2 10.30 EB-15 ♦ 15 6 1.4 10.60 EB-18 ♦ 18 6 1.7 10.80 EB-21 21 6 2.4 21.00 EB-24 24 6 2.6 22.00 Closed Locker Bases (for use on no leg lockers) CLB-1212 12 12 6 7.4 37.00 CLB-1215 ♦ 12 15 6 7.3 40.00 CLB-1218 ♦ 12 18 6 7.7 41.00 CLB-1518 ♦ 15 18 6 8.5 46.00 CLB-1521 15 21 6 11 52.00 3 Wide Locker Bases CLB-3612 36 12 6 13.1 73.00 CLB-3615 36 15 6 16.3 76.00 CLB-3618 ♦ 36 18 6 19.6 74.00 CLB-4512 45 12 6 16.3 81.00 CLB-4515 45 15 6 20.4 85.00 CLB-4518 45 18 6 17 87.00 TERMS OF PAYMENT: Terms are Net 30 Days from date of shipment. A service charge of 1 1/2% per month will be charged for overdue invoices. MINIMUM ORDERS: Minimum order is $15.00. SPECIFICATIONS: Tennsco reserves the right to change any product specifications contained in this price list. FREIGHT CHARGES: All shipments will be made freight collect unless otherwise specified. If freight is prepared, it will be added to the invoice or billed separately, depending on arrangements. On shipments by parcel post, the postage will be added to the invoice. All routing will be done solely by the Home Office. If purchaser does not accept delivery of merchandise when ready for shipment, storage fees will be charged to the purchaser. WEIGHT: Shipping weights shown are approximate. FREIGHT CLAIMS: Claims for shortages must be made in writing to the Home Office within 15 days from receipt of shipment. Claims for damaged or lost material must be filed with the carrier. CAUTION: When you give delivering carrier a clear receipt for a shipment in which there is damaged merchandise or a shortage, the carrier is relieved of further responsibility. Claims for damage or shortage must be filed by you with the delivering carrier. Tennsco will not accept return of merchandise damaged in transit. Your claim is with the delivering carrier. CANCELLATIONS & RETURNS: Orders for “Special” items are not subject to change or cancellation. No return merchandise will be accepted without written consent of the General Office, Dickson, Tennessee. All returned shipments are subject to a handling charge of 25% plus all transportation charges incurred by Tennsco unless Tennsco is at fault. Once production of “Special” items has begun, cancellation of order is subject to Tennsco approval. A 15% surcharge will be assessed to approved cancelled items. LIMITED WARRANTY Tennsco warrants goods purchased hereunder to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment, hereunder. Tennsco’s warranty shall not apply in the event goods are damaged as a result of misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, improper application, modification or repair by persons not authorized by Seller, where goods are damaged during shipment. UNLESS CONSIDERED UNENFORCEABLE OR UNLAWFUL UNDER APPLICABLE LAW: a. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED. b. BUYERS REMEDY, IF ANY, FOR ANY DEFECTIVE GOODS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A REFUND BY SELLER OR REPLACEMENT OF THE GOODS AT SELLER’S OPTION AND SHALL IN NO EVENT INCLUDE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHERWISE. NO GOODS ACCEPTED FOR RETURN WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. Seller shall have the right to inspect any goods claimed to be defective at Buyer’s place of business or require Buyer to return the goods to Seller for inspection on Seller’s premises. Transportation charges covering returned goods will be borne by Seller only if such goods are proven to be defective, are covered by this warranty and are returned within the warranty period stated above. Deluxe Storage Cabinets • • • • • • • Steel Lockers: C-Thru Lockers Heavy-duty 16 gauge door frame for added durability. Knuckle hinges provide added strength and security. Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors. Louvered back panel provides cabinet ventilation. Three point door locking mechanism for added security. Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards. Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand C-Thru Lockers are the perfect solution for viewing the contents of lockers without violating people's privacy in schools, industrial applications, airports, prisons and more where concealed belongings need to be scrutinized. Tennsco C-Thru Lockers feature heavy duty steel construction with visual door panels and vandal-resistant handles for secure storage of clothing and personal belongings. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty, Sand * Not available for RH Cabinets. C-Thru Lockers Cat. No. Storage Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet Cat. No.* Double Handles Two brushed chrome handles, with one that locks both doors, makes opening and closing of the doors easy. Recessed Handle Optional recessed handle offers easy access without handles protruding into narrow aisle ways. Caster Kit Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16” to cabinet height. 1870 ♦ 1870RH ♦ 2470 ♦ 2470RH ♦ 7818 ♦ 7818RH 7824 ♦ 7824RH Combination Cabinet No. of Openings 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 1871 ♦ 2471 ♦ 7818W ♦ 7824W ♦ 2 2 2 2 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 1872 ♦ 2472 ♦ 7814 ♦ 7820 ♦ 7 7 7 7 304 ♦ 305 ♦ 1842‡ ♦ 2442‡ ♦ 4218DLX‡ ♦ 4224DLX‡ ♦ * “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle. ** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit. ‡ Counter top extends ½" past front of unit. †† Not with use with a recessed handle National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 301 ♦ 302 ♦ CK18 ♦ CK24 ♦ HSP†† 4 STORAGE CABINETS 3 3 3 3 W D H Storage Cabinets 36 18 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Wardrobe Cabinets 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Combination Cabinets 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 18 18 ¾ 18 24 ¾ Counter Height Cabinet Type** Wt. List Price KD KD KD KD WSU WSU WSU WSU 154 154 168 168 157 157 178 175 $504.00 514.00 554.00 564.00 580.00 591.00 636.00 646.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 140 155 134 154 449.00 486.00 535.00 576.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 152 181 156 178 521.00 573.00 612.00 679.00 4 5.8 14.30 17.00 90 103 90 103 351.00 380.00 447.00 474.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 21 23 103.00 107.00 1 6.30 KD KD WSU WSU KD KD WSU WSU Counter Height Cabinets 36 18 42 KD 36 24 42 KD 36 18 42 SU 36 24 42 SU Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets 36 18 6 11/16 36 24 6 11/16 Padlock Hasp†† W D H Wt. Single Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs CSL-121272-1 12 12 78 61 CSL-121272-3 36 12 78 156 CSL-121572-1 12 15 78 65 CSL-121572-3 36 15 78 164 CSL-121872-1 12 18 78 69 CSL-121872-3 36 18 78 173 CSL-151872-1 15 18 78 76 CSL-151872-3 45 18 78 196 Single Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs CSL-121572-C 36 15 72 159 CSL-121872-A 12 18 72 67 CSL-121872-C 36 18 72 168 CSL-151872-A 15 18 72 74 CSL-151872-C 45 18 72 191 Double Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs CDL-121236-1 12 12 78 59 CDL-121236-3 36 12 78 151 CDL-121536-1 12 15 78 63 CDL-121536-3 36 15 78 159 CDL-121836-1 12 18 78 67 CDL-121836-3 36 18 78 168 CDL-151836-1 15 18 78 74 CDL-151836-3 45 18 78 191 Double Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs CDL-121236-A 12 12 72 57 CDL-121236-C 36 12 72 146 CDL-121536-C 36 15 72 154 CDL-121836-A 12 18 72 65 CDL-121836-C 36 18 72 163 CDL-151836-C 45 18 72 186 6 High Box C-Thru Lockers With Legs CBL6-121212-1 12 12 78 53 CBL6-121212-3 36 12 78 131 CBL6-121512-1 12 15 78 58 CBL6-121512-3 36 15 78 145 CBL6-121812-1 12 18 78 63 CBL6-121812-3 36 18 78 157 6 High Box C-Thru Lockers Without Legs CBL6-121212-A 12 12 72 51 CBL6-121212-C 36 12 72 126 CBL6-121512-A 12 15 72 56 CBL6-121512-C 36 15 72 140 CBL6-121812-A 12 18 72 61 CBL6-121812-C 36 18 72 152 List Price $462.00 1,119.00 476.00 1,148.00 488.00 1,181.00 543.00 1,344.00 1,126.00 487.00 1,164.00 521.00 1,305.00 498.00 1,366.00 553.00 1,393.00 560.00 1,361.00 590.00 1,502.00 543.00 1,369.00 1,274.00 544.00 1,387.00 1,487.00 413.00 1,125.00 432.00 1,134.00 445.00 1,171.00 406.00 1,065.00 425.00 1,115.00 438.00 1,144.00 Note: All C-Thru lockers are available without legs. Call Tennsco for pricing. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 STEEL LOCKERS 53 Steel Lockers: Ventilated Steel Lockers Ventilated Steel Lockers feature three-sided locker ventilation, which offers continuous airflow to help prevent odor causing bacteria. The specially designed diamond-shaped ventilation slots allow clear visibility to locker interior making it easy to identify contents. Ventilated Lockers also offer all welded construction, smooth operating latching mechanism and are available with and without legs. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Standard Storage Cabinets • • • • • • • Reinforced doors provide strength & durability. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned. Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way. Three point locking mechanism for maximum security. Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards. Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty, Sand * Not available for RH Cabinets. Storage Cabinet Standard Handle Polished chrome handle with lock activates the cabinet’s three-point locking system. Ventilated Steel Lockers - No assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price Single Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs VSL-121872-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 $496.00 VSL-121872-3 ♦ 36 18 78 219 1,156.00 VSL-151872-1 15 18 78 93 526.00 VSL-151872-3 45 18 78 233 1,265.00 VSL-181872-1 18 18 78 98 602.00 VSL-181872-2 36 18 78 245 1,073.00 Single Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs VSL-121872-A 12 18 72 86 485.00 VSL-121872-C 36 18 72 214 1,131.00 VSL-151872-A 15 18 72 91 515.00 VSL-151872-C 45 18 72 228 1,240.00 VSL-181872-A 18 18 72 96 596.00 VSL-181872-B 36 18 72 241 1,067.00 Double Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs VDL-121836-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 524.00 VDL-121836-3 ♦ 36 18 78 223 1,256.00 VDL-151836-1 15 18 78 93 594.00 VDL-151836-3 45 18 78 233 1,406.00 Double Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs VDL-121836-A ♦ 12 18 72 84 520.00 VDL-121836-C 36 18 72 209 1,234.00 VDL-151836-A 15 18 72 88 587.00 VDL-151836-C 45 18 72 223 1,389.00 6-High Box Ventilated Lockers With Legs VBL6-1218-1 ♦ 12 18 78 104 606.00 VBL6-1218-3 ♦ 36 18 78 274 1,448.00 6-High Box Ventilated Lockers Without Legs VBL6-1218-A 12 18 78 102 595.00 VBL6-1218-C 36 18 78 269 1,423.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 52 STEEL LOCKERS Recessed Handle Optional recessed handle for Standard Storage Cabinets offers easy access without obstructions protruding into narrow aisle ways. Caster Kit Combination Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height. Cat. No.* Openings W D 1470 ♦ 1470RH ♦ 1480 ♦ 1480RH ♦ 7218 ♦ 7218RH 7224 ♦ 7224RH 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 1471 ♦ 7114 ♦ 301 ♦ 1472 ♦ 1482 7214 ♦ 7220 ♦ 304 ♦ 305 ♦ 1442 ‡ ♦ 4218 ♦ H Type** Wt. List Price Storage Cabinets 36 18 72 KD 122 $389.00 36 18 72 KD 122 416.00 36 24 72 KD 139 463.00 36 24 72 KD 139 486.00 36 18 72 WSU 126 441.00 36 18 72 WSU 126 461.00 36 24 72 WSU 143 510.00 36 24 72 WSU 143 530.00 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00 Wardrobe Cabinets 2 36 18 72 KD 100 358.00 2 36 18 72 WSU 107 416.00 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Combination Cabinets 7 36 18 72 KD 123 7 36 24 72 KD 149 7 36 18 72 WSU 125 7 36 24 72 WSU 143 Extra Shelves 18 18 ¾ 4 18 24 ¾ 5.8 Counter Height Cabinets 3 36 18 42 KD 74 3 36 18 42 WSU 79 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 8.2 14.30 17.00 272.00 331.00 301 ♦ ** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit. Desk Height Cabinets 1430 ‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 KD 51 230.00 3018 ‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 WSU 58 297.00 Extra Shelves 301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00 Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets CK18 ♦ 36 18 6 11/16 21 103.00 CK24 ♦ 36 24 6 11/16 23 107.00 National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 Counter Height Cabinet 416.00 466.00 470.00 566.00 * “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle. ‡ Countertop extends ½" past front of unit. Desk Height Cabinet 23.00 STORAGE CABINETS 5 Steel Lockers: 16-Person, 15-Person & Wall Mounted Lockers Jumbo Storage Cabinets • • • • • • • 48” wide cabinet provides 33% more storage space. Industrial box formed shelves have a 400 lb. load capacity. Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors. Three point door locking mechanism for maximum security. Reinforced doors provide strength and durability. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space. QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty, Sand Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand 16-Person Locker With Legs Storage Cabinet 3-Person Wall Mounted Double Handles Two brushed chrome handles, with one that locks both doors, makes opening and closing of the doors easy. Storage Cabinet with Sliding Door Caster Kit Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16” to cabinet height. Cat. No. Openings W D Wardrobe Cabinet Sliding Door adds 3 ½" to cabinet depth. Combination Cabinet * “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit. National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 H Type* 4-Person Wall Mounted Wt. List Price Jumbo Storage Cabinets J1842A 3 48 18 42 KD 113 $480.00 J1878A-N ♦ 5 48 18 78 KD 180 635.00 J2478A-N ♦ 5 48 24 78 KD 208 687.00 J1830SU 2 48 18 30 SU 103 507.00 J1842SU ♦ 3 48 18 42 SU 121 569.00 J1878SU ♦ 5 48 18 78 SU 203 796.00 J2478SU ♦ 5 48 24 78 SU 233 853.00 Jumbo Storage Cabinets with Sliding Door JSD1878SU ♦ 5 48 211/4 78 SU 228 $1,058.00 JSD2478SU ♦ 5 48 271/4 78 SU 258 $1,175.00 Extra Shelves 306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00 307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00 Jumbo Wardrobe Cabinets J1878A-N-W ♦ 2 48 18 78 KD 173 563.00 J2478A-N-W ♦ 2 48 24 78 KD 199 741.00 761.00 J1878SUW ♦ 2 48 18 78 SU 191 J2478SUW ♦ 2 48 24 78 SU 217 782.00 Extra Shelves 306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00 307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00 Jumbo Combination Cabinets J1878C-N 7 48 18 78 KD 193 626.00 J2478C-N 7 48 24 78 KD 213 692.00 Extra Shelves JPS18 ♦ 24 18 15/16 3.9 24.00 JPS24 ♦ 24 24 15/16 5.2 28.00 Caster Kit for 24" Deep Jumbo Cabinets CK-4824 ♦ 48 24 611/16 24 123.00 Pad Lock Hasp 1.0 6.30 HSP 3, 4, 15 & 16-Person Box Lockers Assembled/Unassembled Assembled* Assembled* Assembled* Assembled* Unassembled Assembled* Unassembled Cat. No. Opening Overall Unit W D H W D H 3-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers BS1-121812-3 ♦ 3 12 18 12 36 18 12 4-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers BS1-121812-4 ♦ 4 12 18 12 48 18 12 15-Person Box Lockers With Legs SRS-601878-1 ♦ 15 12 18 12 60 18 78 16-Person Box Lockers With Legs SRS-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 SRK-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 16-Person Box Lockers Without Legs SRS-721872-A ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 SRK-721872-A 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 * Center section and coat rod to be attached in field. 6 STORAGE CABINETS Openings Wt. List Price 43 $398.00 55 425.00 182 1,200.00 190 187 1,252.00 938.00 184 181 1,238.00 944.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. STEEL LOCKERS 51 C-Thru Storage Cabinets Steel Lockers: Box Lockers Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand • • • • Clear acrylic door panels offer visibility to stored contents. Three point locking mechanism for maximum security. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Combination Cabinet Cat. No. ASSEMBLED Unit Wt. Unit Price BS5-121212-1 BS5-121212-3 BS5-121512-1 ♦ BS5-121512-3 ♦ BS5-121812-1 ♦ BS5-121812-3 ♦ BS5-151512-1 BS5-151512-3 BS5-151812-1 BS5-151812-3 52 131 56 141 61 152 64 161 67 167 $359.00 709.00 378.00 792.00 390.00 830.00 423.00 926.00 437.00 975.00 BS5-121212-A BS5-121212-C BS5-121512-A BS5-121512-C BS5-121812-A BS5-121812-C BS5-151512-A BS5-151512-C BS5-151812-A BS5-151812-C 50 126 54 136 59 147 62 156 65 162 351.00 723.00 367.00 741.00 371.00 792.00 444.00 913.00 429.00 947.00 BS6-121212-1 ♦ BS6-121212-3 ♦ BS6-121512-1 ♦ BS6-121512-3 ♦ BS6-121812-1 ♦ BS6-121812-3 ♦ BS6-151512-1 BS6-151512-3 BS6-151812-1 BS6-151812-3 61 154 66 167 71 180 76 190 79 198 396.00 922.00 415.00 1,010.00 425.00 1,071.00 466.00 1,174.00 481.00 1,207.00 BS6-121212-A ♦ BS6-121212-C ♦ BS6-121512-A BS6-121512-C BS6-121812-A ♦ BS6-121812-C ♦ BS6-151512-A BS6-151512-C BS6-151812-A BS6-151812-C 59 149 64 161 69 175 74 185 79 198 385.00 874.00 403.00 975.00 399.00 1,053.00 466.00 1,143.00 478.00 1,181.00 Cat. No. UNASSEMBLED Unit Unit Wt. Price 5 Tier High With Legs BK5-121212-1 51 $288.00 BK5-121212-3 129 675.00 BK5-121512-1 ♦ 55 302.00 BK5-121512-3 ♦ 138 704.00 BK5-121812-1 ♦ 60 308.00 BK5-121812-3 ♦ 149 728.00 BK5-151512-1 63 341.00 BK5-151512-3 159 821.00 BK5-151812-1 65 344.00 BK5-151812-3 164 844.00 5 Tier High Without Legs BK5-121212-A 49 281.00 BK5-121212-C 124 673.00 BK5-121512-A 53 295.00 BK5-121512-C 134 696.00 BK5-121812-A 58 305.00 BK5-121812-C 144 719.00 BK5-151512-A 61 337.00 BK5-151512-C 154 811.00 BK5-151812-A 63 339.00 BK5-151812-C 159 832.00 6 Tier High With Legs BK6-121212-1 ♦ 60 307.00 BK6-121212-3 ♦ 151 764.00 BK6-121512-1 ♦ 65 321.00 BK6-121512-3 ♦ 164 796.00 BK6-121812-1 ♦ 70 338.00 BK6-121812-3 ♦ 177 825.00 BK6-151512-1 75 361.00 BK6-151512-3 187 931.00 BK6-151812-1 78 375.00 BK6-151812-3 194 952.00 6 Tier High Without Legs BK6-121212-A 58 301.00 BK6-121212-C 146 756.00 BK6-121512-A 63 316.00 BK6-121512-C 158 785.00 BK6-121812-A 67 332.00 BK6-121812-C 172 815.00 BK6-151512-A 73 360.00 BK6-151512-C 182 920.00 BK6-151812-A 78 371.00 BK6-151812-C 194 941.00 Openings Opening W D H Overall Unit W D H 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 Cat. No. CVD1470 CVD1480 CVD7218 CVD7224 CVD1870 CVD2470 CVD7818 CVD7824 Wardrobe Cabinet Grade No. of Openings Standard Standard Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 301 ♦ 302 ♦ Storage Cabinet CVD1471 CVD7114 CVD1871 CVD2471 CVD7818W CVD7824W Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe 301 ♦ 302 ♦ CVD1472 CVD7214 CVD7220 CVD1872 CVD2472 CVD7814 CVD7820 * “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit. ‡ Counter top extends ½" past front of unit. National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 Standard Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe 304 ♦ 305 ♦ CVD1442 CVD4218 CVD1842‡ CVD2442‡ 301 ♦ 302 ♦ Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe 2 2 2 2 2 2 W D Storage Cabinets 36 18 36 24 36 18 36 24 36 18 36 24 36 18 36 24 Extra Shelves 36 18 36 24 Counter Height Cabinet H Type* Wt. List Price 72 72 72 72 78 78 78 78 KD KD WSU WSU KD KD WSU WSU 113 136 136 153 154 183 162 194 $501.00 571.00 546.00 615.00 624.00 674.00 701.00 756.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 99 111 140 155 140 164 463.00 521.00 569.00 606.00 655.00 696.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 112 132 155 152 181 160 192 520.00 575.00 671.00 641.00 693.00 732.00 799.00 4 5.8 14.30 17.00 69 82 90 103 352.00 411.00 431.00 460.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 ¾ ¾ Wardrobe Cabinets 36 18 72 36 18 72 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Combination Cabinets 7 36 18 72 7 36 18 72 7 36 24 72 7 36 18 78 7 36 24 78 7 36 18 78 7 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 18 18 ¾ 18 24 ¾ Counter Height Cabinets 3 36 18 42 3 36 24 42 3 36 18 42 3 36 24 42 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ KD WSU KD KD WSU WSU KD WSU WSU KD KD WSU WSU KD WSU KD KD National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 50 STEEL LOCKERS STORAGE CABINETS 7 Steel Lockers: Double Tier Specialty Cabinets Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Double Tiered lockers feature two openings per locker, giving you twice as many lockers in the same space, yet providing plenty of hanging room for shirts and jackets. Perfect for the gym or health club. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Cat. No. Bookcase/Storage Cabinet BCD18-72 Cat. No. BCD18-72 ♦ DWR-4218* ♦ DWR-6618* ♦ DWR-7218-2 301 ♦ 302 ♦ Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer DWR-6618 No. of Openings W H Wt. Welded Combination Bookcase/Storage Cabinet 5 36 18 72 122 Welded Storage Cabinets with Lateral Drawer(s) 2 36 18 42 94 4 36 18 66 135 3 36 18 72 150 Extra Shelves 3 36 18 /4 8.2 3 36 24 /4 10.5 Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Welded 60" High Storage Cabinets 6018DH 5 36 18 60 107 $456.00 6024DH 5 36 24 60 126 505.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ D Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer DWR-4218 Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 * Lateral drawers ship standard with file rods for side-to-side filing applications. For front-to-back filing, drawers will accommodate two rows of letter-sized files only. This requires one pair of 15CRs (see pg. 15) per drawer sold separately. National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 List Price $471.00 542.00 649.00 1,015.00 23.00 31.00 Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Welded 66" High Storage Cabinets 6618DH 5 36 18 66 120 $484.00 6624DH 5 36 24 66 136 549.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 6620DH 304 ♦ 305 ♦ 60" High Storage Cabinet Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 Welded Combination Cabinet 6 36 24 66 135 568.00 Extra Shelves 18 18 3/4 18 24 3/4 4.0 5.8 14.30 17.00 66" High Storage Cabinet Caster Kit Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height (Page 4). Caster Kit is not available for DWR units. ASSEMBLED Unit Wt. Unit Price DTS-121230-1 DTS-121230-3 DTS-121530-1 DTS-121530-3 DTS-121830-1 DTS-121830-3 DTS-151530-1 DTS-151530-3 DTS-151830-1 DTS-151830-3 DTS-121236-1 ♦ DTS-121236-3 ♦ DTS-121536-1 ♦ DTS-121536-3 ♦ DTS-121836-1 ♦ DTS-121836-3 ♦ DTS-151536-1 DTS-151536-3 DTS-151836-1 ♦ DTS-151836-3 ♦ 54 134 59 148 64 160 64 160 69 173 63 156 66 164 70 175 75 187 77 196 DTS-121230-A DTS-121230-C DTS-121530-A DTS-121530-C DTS-121830-A DTS-121830-C DTS-151530-A DTS-151530-C DTS-151830-A DTS-151830-C DTS-121236-A DTS-121236-C ♦ DTS-121536-A DTS-121536-C ♦ DTS-121836-A ♦ DTS-121836-C ♦ DTS-151536-A DTS-151536-C DTS-151836-A DTS-151836-C 48 120 52 130 57 145 62 155 67 167 60 153 63 160 68 171 73 183 77 193 Cat. No. UNASSEMBLED Unit Price Openings $369.00 907.00 380.00 928.00 388.00 952.00 410.00 1,011.00 414.00 1,035.00 388.00 910.00 401.00 935.00 407.00 955.00 430.00 1,058.00 439.00 1,074.00 Unit Wt. With Legs DTK-121230-1 53 DTK-121230-3 132 DTK-121530-1 58 DTK-121530-3 145 DTK-121830-1 63 DTK-121830-3 157 DTK-151530-1 63 DTK-151530-3 157 DTK-151830-1 68 DTK-151830-3 169 DTK-121236-1 ♦ 61 DTK-121236-3 ♦ 153 DTK-121536-1 ♦ 65 DTK-121536-3 ♦ 161 DTK-121836-1 ♦ 69 DTK-121836-3 ♦ 172 DTK-151536-1 74 DTK-151536-3 184 DTK-151836-1 ♦ 75 DTK-151836-3 ♦ 193 Opening W D H Overall Unit W D H $317.00 746.00 328.00 768.00 330.00 825.00 345.00 857.00 345.00 873.00 312.00 777.00 322.00 805.00 335.00 821.00 343.00 897.00 353.00 874.00 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 355.00 854.00 367.00 892.00 374.00 934.00 394.00 969.00 401.00 1,008.00 372.00 908.00 385.00 918.00 388.00 924.00 417.00 1,033.00 430.00 1,041.00 Without Legs DTK-121230-A 47 DTK-121230-C 118 DTK-121530-A 51 DTK-121530-C 128 DTK-121830-A 56 DTK-121830-C 142 DTK-151530-A 61 DTK-151530-C 152 DTK-151830-A 66 DTK-151830-C 164 DTK-121236-A 59 DTK-121236-C 150 DTK-121536-A 62 DTK-121536-C 158 DTK-121836-A 66 DTK-121836-C 168 DTK-151536-A 72 DTK-151536-C 180 DTK-151836-A 76 DTK-151836-C 189 312.00 742.00 324.00 761.00 329.00 819.00 325.00 843.00 344.00 826.00 308.00 764.00 320.00 797.00 333.00 814.00 338.00 849.00 350.00 885.00 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 8 STORAGE CABINETS STEEL LOCKERS 49 Specialty Cabinets Steel Lockers: Single Tier Single Tier lockers are roomy enough for just about any secured storage application. Tennsco’s Single Tier lockers are the most popular general purpose locker in factories, schools, hospitals, and other locations where coats and clothing are stored. Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Welded 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes Cat. No. Cat. No. ASSEMBLED Unit Wt. Unit Price STS-121260-1 52 $338.00 STS-121560-1 STS-121560-3 STS-121860-1 STS-121860-3 STS-151560-1 STS-151560-3 STS-151860-1 STS-151860-3 STS-121272-1 STS-121272-3 STS-121572-1 ♦ STS-121572-3 ♦ STS-121872-1 ♦ STS-121872-3 ♦ STS-151572-1 ♦ STS-151572-3 ♦ STS-151872-1 ♦ STS-151872-3 ♦ STS-182172-1 STS-182172-2 55 140 59 150 55 140 60 150 61 156 65 164 69 173 70 179 76 196 92 161 351.00 803.00 363.00 861.00 351.00 803.00 378.00 910.00 359.00 831.00 373.00 844.00 384.00 879.00 409.00 974.00 414.00 970.00 488.00 909.00 STS-242472-1 113 574.00 STS-121260-A 50 325.00 STS-121560-A STS-121560-C STS-121860-A STS-121860-C STS-151560-A STS-151560-C STS-151860-A STS-151860-C STS-121272-A STS-121272-C STS-121572-A STS-121572-C STS-121872-A ♦ STS-121872-C ♦ STS-151572-A STS-151572-C STS-151872-A STS-151872-C STS-182172-A STS-182172-B 53 135 57 145 53 135 55 145 59 147 64 159 68 169 73 182 76 191 86 151 338.00 779.00 350.00 832.00 354.00 821.00 367.00 881.00 344.00 802.00 358.00 823.00 367.00 846.00 398.00 961.00 398.00 949.00 475.00 834.00 STS-242472-A 107 542.00 Cat. No. UNASSEMBLED Unit Wt. With Legs STK-121260-1 ♦ 51 STK-121260-3 ♦ 130 STK-121560-1 ♦ 54 STK-121560-3 ♦ 137 STK-121860-1 ♦ 58 STK-121860-3 ♦ 147 Unit Price Openings $291.00 665.00 307.00 701.00 316.00 738.00 STK-121272-1 ♦ STK-121272-3 ♦ STK-121572-1 ♦ STK-121572-3 ♦ STK-121872-1 ♦ STK-121872-3 ♦ STK-151572-1 STK-151572-3 STK-151872-1 ♦ STK-151872-3 ♦ STK-182172-1 60 153 63 161 68 170 69 176 74 192 90 287.00 701.00 297.00 726.00 311.00 746.00 329.00 823.00 329.00 823.00 461.00 STK-182172-3 277 971.00 Without Legs STK-121260-A 49 STK-121260-C 125 STK-121560-A 52 STK-121560-C 133 STK-121860-A 56 STK-121860-C 142 STK-151560-A 52 294.00 654.00 303.00 699.00 314.00 732.00 316.00 STK-151860-A STK-151860-C STK-121272-A STK-121272-C STK-121572-A STK-121572-C STK-121872-A STK-121872-C 54 142 58 145 62 156 66 166 324.00 761.00 284.00 691.00 294.00 717.00 304.00 736.00 STK-151872-A STK-151872-C STK-182172-A 75 187 84 326.00 822.00 454.00 STK-182172-C 272 963.00 Opening W D H Overall Unit W D H 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 18 36 54 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 18 36 54 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 Bin Rails W D H Wt. List Price Included Cabinet with Solid Doors 8 36 18 78 216 $885.00 7818BC 7824BC 8 36 24 78 240 917.00 CBR-36 Additional Bin Rails 36 1/2 11/2 2.0 72" High Laptop Charging Station 10.00 Welded Laptop Charging Stations Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings 42"H Cabinet with 16 Charging Stations 17 36 24 42 97 $988.00 4224-CMP 4224-CMPM (mobile) 17 36 24 483/4 118 1,082.00 72"H Cabinet with 32 Charging Stations 33 36 24 72 282 1,852.00 7224-CMP 303 1,946.00 7224-CMPM (mobile) 33 36 24 783/4 72" High Perforated Storage Cabinet Welded Cabinet with Perforated Doors Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Standard Cabinets with Perforated Doors 5 36 18 72 125 $461.00 7218-PD 7224-PD 5 36 24 72 142 530.00 Janitorial Cabinet Jumbo Cabinets with Perforated Doors J1878SU-PD 5 48 18 78 201 817.00 J2478SU-PD 5 48 24 78 231 874.00 Welded 64" High Janitorial Cabinet Cat. No. No. of W Openings 36 JAN6618DH 4 D H Wt. List Price 18 64 99 $475.00 Welded Military Cabinet Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Military Cabinet With Standard Handle TA-50 2 42 24 78 290 $1,128.00 Military Cabinet Military Cabinet With Heavy-Duty Handle TA-50HH 2 42 24 78 295 1,257.00 TA-50ES Extra Shelves 42 24 20 88.00 Welded Single Door Cabinet Cat. No. 1824 309 No. of W D H Wt. Openings Single Door Cabinet 2 19 24 30 53 Extra Shelves 19 24 3/4 5.9 Single Door Cabinet List Price $299.00 23.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 48 STEEL LOCKERS SPECIALTY CABINETS 9 Technical Workstations Open Style Cabinets • • • • • Open style allows for storage in tight spaces where opening doors is a problem. Clear visibility and fast access to products. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Shelves adjust vertically in 2” increments to accommodate for a variety of items. Raised base keeps materials safe from mops and damaging cleaners. Storage Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty and Sand No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Open Style Storage Cabinets OS7218 5 36 18 72 107 $356.00 OS7224 5 36 24 72 124 412.00 JO1878SU 5 48 18 78 167 545.00 JO2478SU 5 48 24 78 197 595.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 306 ♦ 307 ♦ Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 8.2 10.5 10.6 14.0 Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 Extra Shelves 18 18 3/4 18 24 3/4 24 18 15/16 24 24 15/16 Instrument Shelf 8.2 10.5 10.6 14.0 4.0 5.8 3.9 5.2 23.00 31.00 36.00 41.00 14.30 17.00 24.00 28.00 Open Style Counter Height Cabinets OS4218 3 36 18 42 66 251.00 OS4224 3 36 24 42 85 294.00 JO1842SU 3 48 18 42 108 391.00 JO2442SU 3 48 24 42 118 416.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 306 ♦ 307 ♦ Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 CK18 CK24 CK4824 Caster Kits 36 18 6 11/16 21 36 24 6 11/16 23 48 24 6 11/16 24 8.2 10.5 10.6 14.0 Cat. No. 23.00 31.00 36.00 41.00 Open Style Combination Cabinets OS7214 7 36 18 72 107 386.00 OS7220 7 36 24 72 124 437.00 JO1878SUC 7 48 18 78 167 584.00 JO2478SUC 7 48 24 78 197 645.00 304 ♦ 305 ♦ JPS18 JPS24 W Technical Workstations with Power Rail & Fixed Legs - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. Standard Work Surface with Power Rail 30 30 124 TW-603030-NE ♦ 60 TW-603034-NE ♦ 60 30 34 127 36 30 130 TW-603630-NE ♦ 60 36 34 134 TW-603634-NE ♦ 60 TW-723030-NE ♦ 72 30 30 137 TW-723034-NE ♦ 72 30 34 140 36 30 157 TW-723630-NE ♦ 72 TW-723634-NE ♦ 72 36 34 161 List Price $959.00 966.00 1,054.00 1,061.00 1,029.00 1,036.00 1,130.00 1,137.00 Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail 30 30 124 1,202.00 TW-603030-SE ♦ 60 TW-603034-SE ♦ 60 30 34 127 1,209.00 36 30 130 1,226.00 TW-603630-SE ♦ 60 TW-603634-SE ♦ 60 36 34 134 1,233.00 30 30 137 1,263.00 TW-723030-SE ♦ 72 30 34 140 1,270.00 TW-723034-SE ♦ 72 TW-723630-SE ♦ 72 36 30 157 1,363.00 TW-723634-SE ♦ 72 36 34 161 1,370.00 23.00 31.00 36.00 41.00 D H Wt. List Price TWI-60-N ♦ TWI-72-N ♦ 60 72 Standard Work Surface 15 18 61 15 18 69 $454.00 517.00 TWI-60-S ♦ TWI-72-S ♦ Static Control Work Surface 60 15 18 61 72 15 18 69 562.00 620.00 Shown with optional instrument shelf. Standard Work Surface with Power Rail TWI-60-NE ♦ 60 15 18 64 15 18 74 TWI-72-NE ♦ 72 644.00 716.00 Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail TWI-60-SE ♦ 60 15 18 64 752.00 TWI-72-SE ♦ 72 15 18 74 819.00 Hanging Drawer Units - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price PED-10-30 PED-20-30 ♦ PED-30-30 ♦ Fits 30" Deep Technical Workstation 15 24 9 39 15 24 203/4 66 15 24 203/4 76 $362.00 526.00 614.00 PED-10-36 PED-20-36 ♦ PED-30-36 ♦ Fits 36" Deep Technical Workstation 15 24 9 39 15 24 203/4 66 15 24 203/4 76 366.00 530.00 618.00 103.00 107.00 123.00 National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 85 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 10 OPEN STYLE CABINETS QuickShip Color: Sand - Assembly required. Open Style Wardrobe Cabinets OS7114 2 36 18 72 82 326.00 OS7124 2 36 24 72 119 364.00 JO1878SUW 2 48 18 78 155 527.00 JO2478SUW 2 48 24 78 181 569.00 Counter Height Cabinet Please Note Standard Colors: Sand, Accent Blue Cat. No. 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 306 ♦ 307 ♦ Combination Cabinet Technical Workstations are easily configured to meet any technical application. Heavy duty work surfaces and optional static-control surfaces are designed to handle the toughest assignments. Power Rails provide convenient desktop access to power receptacles. The optional Instrument Shelf is designed to provide more work space while complementing the design and function of the Technical Workstation. Additional Hanging Drawer Units allow for convenient storage of small items. PED-10-XX (1 Drawer) PED-20-XX (2 Drawer) PED-30-XX (3 Drawer) TECHNICAL WORKSTATIONS 47 Stur-D-Bench Bookcases Stur-D-Bench Workbenches keep tools and supplies within easy reach for added convenience and productivity. Assemble easily with unique interlocking keyhole slot design. Please Note Standard Color: Accent Blue QuickShip Color: Accent Blue Tennsco offers three styles of bookcases depending on your needs. Welded Bookcases – Cool, contemporary look. No exposed bolts offer a smooth front case design. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Bookcases and Case Style Files – Ultimate in flexibility and value. Shipped unassembled, they handle files, books—you name it! QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey*, Champagne/Putty and Sand Welded Executive Bookcases – Refined, polished look. Sliding tempered safety glass doors protect materials from dust, while a safety lock prevents unauthorized access. Welded Bookcases Cat. No. Optional adjustable book stops support materials when shelves are partially filled. Smooth clean lines and adjustable shelves make this bookcase an office favorite. * Mobile units available. Call factory for pricing. National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 Bookcases & Case Style Files Stur-D-Bench with Half-Width Drawer* Stur-D-Bench with Full-Width Drawer* - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. W ZWB-6024-HD ♦ 60 ZWB-6030-HD ♦ 60 ZHD24 ZHD30 30 30 D 24 30 H 66 66 Additional Drawers 24 23/4 30 23/4 Wt. 166 179 List Price $488.00 505.00 33 35 176.00 181.00 Cat. No. ZWB-6024-FD ♦ 60 ZWB-6030-FD ♦ 60 ZFD24 ZFD30 60 60 D 24 30 H 66 66 Additional Drawers 24 23/4 30 23/4 Wt. 188 205 List Price $470.00 490.00 53 54 203.00 207.00 Bookcases come standard with one adjustable divider per shelf. Growing business? These bookcases expand by simply removing an end panel and attaching another unit. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 Executive Bookcases Sleek radius edges and lockable glass doors offer good looks and security. B-3000 ♦ B-3001 B-4200 ♦ B-4201 B-6000 ♦ B-6001 B-8400 ♦ B-8401 ♦ No. of Openings 2 2 3 3 5 5 7 7 B-12 ♦ Cat. No. 330GL ♦ 330 ♦ National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W D H 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 B-1 ♦ * Note: Includes particle board top, lower shelf and riser with 60"W x 24"H rear pegboard included for hanging tools and accessories. Drawers are mounted on fully progressive steel ball-bearing suspensions, with load capacity of 150 lbs. per drawer. or 18" Welded Bookcases. 13 1/2" Welded Bookcases 34½ 13½ 28 34½ 13½ 40 34½ 13½ 52 34½ 13½ 66 34½ 13½ 78 30 13½ 29 30 13½ 42 30 13½ 48 18" Deep Welded Bookcases* BC18-30 2 36 18 30 BC18-42 3 36 18 43 BC18-52 4 36 18 55 BC18-72 5 36 18 72 BC18-84 6 36 18 84 Extra Shelf 3 B-345 (for 13 1/2" deep bookcases) 343/8 13½ /4 BCS-18 (for 18" deep bookcases) 36 165/16 25/32 Book Supports BSN6 41/2 1¾ 6 BSN9 41/2 1¾ 9 B-30 ♦ B-42 ♦ B-53 ♦ B-66 ♦ B-78 ♦ BC30-29 BC30-42 BC30-48 Cat. No. W No. of Openings * Not available for Executive Bookcases 342GL ♦ 342 ♦ 352GL ♦ 352 ♦ GBS-36 ♦ Description W D KD Bookcases- 12" Deep Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Extra Shelf 36 12 Shelf Divider 10 W D Executive Bookcases 30" High With glass doors and lock 36 15 Without glass doors 36 15 42" High With glass doors and lock 36 15 Without glass doors 36 15 52" High With glass doors and lock 36 15 Without glass doors 36 15 Extra Shelves Wt. List Price 40 57 70 90 105 33 45 47 $155.00 189.00 239.00 284.00 322.00 174.00 208.00 241.00 47 66 80 107 122 244.00 290.00 331.00 401.00 461.00 7.6 8.3 22.00 21.00 .6 1.1 5.90 7.20 H Wt. List Price 30 30 42 42 60 60 84 84 57 45 79 68 119 103 160 138 245.00 226.00 272.00 255.00 393.00 359.00 $505.00 458.00 /8 7.9 31.00 7 1.2 3.20 7 H Wt. List Price 30 30 78 60 $513.00 336.00 42 42 105 78 588.00 363.00 52 52 130 95 653.00 414.00 9.9 24.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 46 STUR-D-BENCH BOOKCASES 11 Literature Sorters, 30-Drawer Organizers & Card Files Tennsco offers three great options to organize and access company materials, a wide variety of non-traditional sized media and various items you need to store and file. Various sizes allow you to find a size that meets your needs, and all units are welded construction to assure you of outstanding value and years of use. Workbench Accessories: Risers, Outlet Panels, Wiring Kit & Service Carts Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty and Sand Optional dividers in drawer organizer are available in black only. Workbench Riser With End Supports Electronic Riser With End Supports - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H R-1048 ♦ R-1060 ♦ R-1072 ♦ R-1096* ♦ R-106018 R-107218 48 60 72 96 60 72 101/2 101/2 101/2 101/2 101/2 101/2 12 12 12 12 18 18 Load Capacity 600 450 350 1000 450 350 Wt. 18.5 21 24 32 24 27 List Price $77.00 78.00 87.00 136.00 93.00 102.00 Includes center riser supports. Cat. No. RE-1060 ♦ RE-1072 ♦ RE-1560 ♦ RE-1572 ♦ RE-18-1560 ♦ RE-18-1572 ♦ RE-18-1596 ♦ W D H 60 72 60 72 60 72 96 101/2 101/2 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 Load Capacity 450 350 450 350 450 350 300 Wt. Load Capacity 450 350 450 350 450 350 300 Wt. 27 31 35 39 38 43 53 List Price $110.00 119.00 136.00 146.00 146.00 156.00 205.00 Note: Wiring kit sold separately. 30-Drawer Organizers Literature Sorters Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price 4075 ♦ Letter Sized Openings 305/8 115/8 33 80 $405.00 5075 ♦ 305/8 Legal Sized Openings 145/8 33 89 439.00 Extra Shelves 4005 ♦ Letter Size Pack of 5 5005 ♦ Legal Size Pack of 5 6.4 8.1 8 Drawer 6 Drawer W D H Wt. List Price 2085 ♦ Letter Sized Openings 305/8 115/8 33 95 $560.00 3085 ♦ 305/8 Legal Sized Openings 145/8 33 112 597.00 Optional Dividers Pack of 30 30AD ♦ Prewired Electronic Riser With End Supports - Assembly required. Cat. No. 49.00 6.7 Electronic Outlet Panel For 72" Benches With Panel Legs - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. WOP-72 ♦ 715/8 3 43/8 17.4 List Price $99.00 Note: Wiring kit sold separately. Includes front and rear panels. 7 Drawer CF-846 CF-669 17.90 21.00 Cat. No. Cat. No. CF-558 ♦ CF-646 ♦ CF-669 ♦ CF-758 ♦ CF-846 ♦ No. of Drawers 5 6 6 7 8 W D H Wt. 19 15 21 19 15 28 28 28 28 28 407/16 407/16 523/8 523/8 523/8 165 170 214 220 216 List Price $1,164.00 1,235.00 1,388.00 1,440.00 1,522.00 CF-558 Stores up to 27,200 5 x 8 cards. 640 CDs (960 with center divider removed.) 420 DVDs in standard movie case. CF-646 Stores up to 32,600 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards. CF-669 Stores up to 32,600 6 x 9 cards. Ideal for DVDs with use of a second drawer divider. CF-758 Stores up to 38,100 5 x 8 cards. 588 DVDs in standard movie case. 896 CDs (1344 with center divider removed.) CF-846 Stores up to 43,400 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards. CF-646 D 60 101/2 REI-1060-WK-1 REI-1072-WK-1 72 101/2 60 15 REI-1560-WK-1 REI-1572-WK-1 72 15 REI-18-1560-WK-1 60 15 REI-18-1572-WK-1 72 15 REI-18-1596-WK-1 96 15 H 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 30 34 35 53 54 60 72 List Price $269.00 277.00 291.00 305.00 301.00 315.00 357.00 CF-758 Card & Multimedia Storage 6 Drawer W 5 Drawer CF-558 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 12 LITERATURE SORTERS, 30-DRAWER ORGANIZERS & CARD FILES Electronic Outlet Panel For 72" Benches With Two Modular Units - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. WOP-42 ♦ 42 33/8 43/8 10.3 List Price $45.00 Note: Wiring kit sold separately. Service Cart - Assembly required. Shown with optional center tray. Cat. No. W D H Wt. 16" Wide Cart 30 16 32 36 Optional Center Tray for 16" Wide Cart ST-16 ♦ 30 16 31/4 11 24" Wide Cart 24 32 40 SC-2436 ♦ 36 Optional Center Tray for 24" Wide Cart ST-24 ♦ 36 24 31/4 15.8 SC-1630 ♦ List Price $167.00 50.00 210.00 66.00 Wiring Kit - Assembly required. Cat. No. WK-1 ♦ W D H Wt. - - - 2.5 List Price $107.00 WORKBENCHES 45 Workbench Accessories: Side & Back Rail Kits, Shelves, Casters & Drawers Vertical Files Tennsco Vertical Files are as attractive as they are dependable. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Please Note Choose from 2, 3, 4 and 5 drawer models in 28” depth in either letter or legal widths. QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Side & Back Rail Kit Shown with optional Cam Lock Stackable Drawer - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. SB-3048 ♦ SB-3060 ♦ SB-3072 ♦ SB-3096 ♦ SB-3648 ♦ SB-3660 ♦ SB-3672 ♦ SB-3696 ♦ 48 60 72 96 48 60 72 96 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 12.2 14 15.7 18.9 13.9 15.2 17 19.9 List Price $46.00 49.00 53.00 70.00 50.00 52.00 56.00 72.00 Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity Stackable Drawer 18 81/4 70 WBD-1MG* ♦ 15 18 81/4 70 WBD-1LMG** ♦ 15 WBD-1 15 18 81/4 70 Cam Lock (Field Installable) CL-1 ♦ Extra Drawer Divider WBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 41/4 Wt. 21 20 18 List Price 2-Drawer $83.00 88.00 142.00 .1 5.20 .6 1.80 Cat. No. Hanging Drawer Cat. No. W D S-48 ♦ S-60 ♦ S-72 ♦ S-96 ♦ 48 60 72 96 14 14 14 14 H - Load Capacity 450 450 350 850 Wt. List Price 15.5 $53.00 19.5 63.00 23 74.00 31 100.00 Cat. No. W D H WBD-25 25 22 6 Load Capacity 70 3-Drawer 4-Drawer 5-Drawer Vertical Files * Medium grey only. ** Medium grey only with cam lock. Lower Shelf For Units With Open Bench Legs Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Description W D H Wt. List Price V282-MF V282C-MF Two Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 2 Drawer 1415/16 28 2615/16 Legal Size, 2 Drawer 1715/16 28 2615/16 80 86 $514.00 533.00 V283-MF V283C-MF Three Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 3 Drawer 1415/16 28 383/4 Legal Size, 3 Drawer 1715/16 28 383/4 113 120 651.00 678.00 V284-MF V284C-MF Four Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 4 Drawer 1415/16 28 509/16 144 Legal Size, 4 Drawer 1715/16 28 509/16 154 795.00 820.00 V285-MF V285C-MF Five Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 5 Drawer 1415/16 28 623/8 Legal Size, 5 Drawer 1715/16 28 623/8 924.00 959.00 176 187 Superior Drawer Suspensions Drawers operate quietly and effortlessly with the help of a three-member, telescoping, steel ball bearing suspension system which allows each drawer to be completely extended for total access. Standard inner lock keeps more than one drawer from opening at one time. Wt. List Price 17 $140.00 Neat, Easy Filing With full height sides that are ready to accept hanging folders and a durable, metal follower block, there is no need for file frames that may be lost or misplaced. Lower Shelf For Modular Units With 72"w Tops Cat. No. W D H SM-42 ♦ 42 14 11/2 Load Capacity 250 Wt. List Price 14.4 $53.00 Caster Kits - Assembly required. Cat. No. Load Capacity WBCK-3036* ♦ 2 Fixed, 2 Swivel 1000 WBCK-3036S** All Swivel 1000 Fits 30” & 36” Legs. 44 WORKBENCHES W D H Wt. 16 16 List Price $92.00 95.00 Full Depth Lower Shelf Cat. No. FS-48 FS-60 FS-72 FS-96 W D H 48 60 72 96 20 20 20 20 - Load Capacity 450 450 350 850 Wt. 15.5 19.5 23.0 31.0 List Price $100.00 109.00 125.00 202.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 VERTICAL FILES 13 Workbench Accessories: Legs & Modular Storage Units Lateral Files Lateral Files offer substantial space savings and more efficient access to your mostused files. A standard, single “master” lock controls all drawers and doors, while drawers easily slide out on full progressive, lifetime warranted ball bearing suspensions. Files come standard with hanging folder rods for filing Pendaflex folders (side-to-side). Order optional cross rods for front-to-back filing. Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty 6-Drawer 5-Drawer 4-Drawer 3-Drawer 2-Drawer Posting Shelf** Optional hideaway posting shelf provides a handy place to make notes or place materials. (Available on 5 drawer files only.) Cat. No.* Product Description W D H Wt. List Price LPL3024L20 LPL3024L21 LPL3624L20 ♦ LPL3624L21 LPL4224L20 ♦ LPL4224L21 30" File 30" File 36" File 36" File 42" File 42" File Two Drawer Lateral File 30 17 15/16 27 9/16 27 9/16 30 17 15/16 36 17 15/16 27 9/16 27 9/16 36 17 15/16 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 97 101 108 112 120 124 $660.00 759.00 678.00 776.00 723.00 823.00 LPL3036L30 LPL3036L31 LPL3636L30 ♦ LPL3636L31 LPL4236L30 LPL4236L31 30" File 30" File 36" File 36" File 42" File 42" File Three Drawer Lateral File 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 39 3/8 36 17 15/16 36 17 15/16 39 3/8 39 3/8 42 17 15/16 42 17 15/16 39 3/8 131 136 145 151 160 166 859.00 1,011.00 886.00 1,036.00 945.00 1,098.00 LPL3048L40 LPL3048L41 LPL3648L40 LPL3648L41 LPL4248L40 ♦ LPL4248L41 30" File 30" File 36" File 36" File 42" File 42" File Four Drawer Lateral File 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 36 17 15/16 51 ¼ 51 ¼ 36 17 15/16 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 167 174 184 192 206 215 1,055.00 1,253.00 1,087.00 1,282.00 1,155.00 1,354.00 LPL3060L50 LPL3060L51 LPL3660L50 ♦ LPL3660L51 ♦ LPL4260L50 ♦ LPL4260L51 ♦ LPL3672L60 LPL4272L60 Five Drawer Lateral File (top drawer has a retractable door) 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 205 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 213 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 227 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 239 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 262 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 270 Six Drawer Lateral File (top two drawers have retractable doors) 76 7/8 227 36" File, Combination Unit* 36 17 15/16 42" File, Combination Unit* 42 17 15/16 76 7/8 293 14 LATERAL FILES Cat. No. W D H L-2830 ♦ L-2836 ♦ L-3230 ♦ L-3236 ♦ 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 30 36 30 36 28 28 32 32 Load Capacity 5000 5000 5000 5000 Wt. 14.5 15.5 14.5 16 List Price $57.00 59.00 47.00 50.00 Priced as each. Load Capacity represents total per pair. Modular Storage Cabinet Cat. No. Retractable Door Spring assisted doors automatically retract with the slightest touch to keep aisles clear and provide complete access to your files. 1,605.00 1,680.00 W MS-1524 ♦ 15 MBS-1524 15 D H Load Capacity Modular Storage Cabinet 24 32 1000 Optional Second Shelf 3 23 /4 100 Wt. List Price 48 $276.00 5 37.00 Wt. List Price 77 69 $525.00 505.00 .6 1.80 Adjustable Leg Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity Wt. List Price AL-3230 ♦ AL-3236 ♦ AL-4230 ♦ AL-4236 ♦ 3 3 3 3 30 36 30 36 * * ** ** 4000 4000 3000 3000 17.8 19.3 18.8 20.3 $57.00 61.00 66.00 70.00 7 3 1 * Height is adjustable from 27 /8" to 35 /8 " on 1 /2 " centers. Priced as each. **Height is adjustable from 353/8” to 413/8 “ on 11/2 “ centers. Priced as each. Load Capacity represents total per pair. 1,328.00 1,528.00 1,357.00 1,568.00 1,440.00 1,655.00 * L_O Fixed Drawer Fronts; L_1 Retractable Doors; L50 Combination - four solid front doors on bottom openings/retractable door with roll-out drawer on top opening. ** For posting shelf unit add a “P” suffix (ex. LPL4260L51P) to the catalog number and add $85.00 to the list price. (Available on 5 drawer files only.) For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4224L20W)to the catalog number and add $55.00 on 2-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $65.00 on 2-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $75.00 on 2-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices. For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4248L40W)to the catalog number and add $31.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $36.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $41.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Flared Leg Modular Drawer Cabinet Cat. No. Panel Legs W - Assembly required. Cat. No. LP-3230* ♦ W D H Load Capacity Wt. List Price 3 28 32 2000 48 $173.00 Priced as pairs. Load Capacity represents total per pair. *Requires WOP-72 (see page 45) MD-1524 ♦ MD3-1524 ♦ 15 15 WBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 D H Load Capacity Modular Drawer Cabinet 24 32 1000 24 32 1000 Extra Divider* 41/4 MD-1524 has 4 box drawers and MD3-1524 has 2 box drawers and 1 file drawer *Note: Divider is galvanized. WORKBENCHES 43 Workbenches: Tops with Stringer Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Color: Black. Laminate top is available in Mahoghony, Oak and Walnut. Hard Wood and Compressed Wood available in Natural Only. Laminate is availble in white only. Overfiles Increase storage capacity by turning unused space above lateral files into productive space. Sliding doors offer easy access while keeping the office environment neat. (L3620F shown) Cat. No. Workbench Tops (includes stringer) Cat. No. T-3048 ♦ T-3060 ♦ T-3072 ♦ T-3096* ♦ T-3648 ♦ T-3660 ♦ T-3672 ♦ T-3696* ♦ 48 60 72 96 48 60 72 96 Load Capacity Steel Top With Stringer** 30 11/2 4000 30 11/2 2500 30 11/2 1800 30 11/2 4000 36 11/2 4000 36 11/2 2500 36 11/2 1800 36 11/2 4000 THB-3060 THB-3072 THB-3672 60 72 72 Steel Top With Hard Board** 30 11/2 2500 30 11/2 1800 36 11/2 1800 78 99 119 311.00 353.00 400.00 MT-3060 ♦ MT-3072 ♦ MT-3660 ♦ MT-3672 ♦ 60 72 60 72 Hard Wood Top With Stringer 30 13/4 3800 30 13/4 3600 36 13/4 3800 36 13/4 3600 95 113 105 130 466.00 554.00 550.00 646.00 PT-3060 ♦ PT-3072 ♦ PT-3660 ♦ PT-3672 ♦ Plastic Laminate Top With Stringer 60 30 11/2 800 94 72 30 11/2 750 110 36 11/2 800 118 60 72 36 11/2 750 150 346.00 407.00 423.00 482.00 CT-3060 ♦ CT-3072 ♦ CT-3660 ♦ CT-3672 ♦ W D H Wt. List Price 62 74 91 129 71 90 107 144 230.00 247.00 285.00 384.00 246.00 292.00 328.00 428.00 Compressed Wood Top With Stringer 60 30 13/4 1900 123 72 30 13/4 1500 146 60 36 13/4 1900 137 72 36 13/4 1500 174 363.00 424.00 414.00 474.00 Product Description W D H L301OF L361OF L421OF Single Level Overfile Single Level Overfile Single Level Overfile Single Level 30 18 181/4 36 18 181/4 42 18 181/4 L302OF L362OF L422OF Double Level Overfile Double Level Overfile Double Level Overfile Double Level 30 18 27½ 36 18 27½ 42 18 27½ Wt. List Price 47 55 61 $501.00 528.00 564.00 63 76 89 513.00 555.00 615.00 Wt. List Price Lateral File Accessories* Cat. No. Product Description 15CR* ♦ Cross Rods (Pair)** 5AD* ♦ Dividers For 2-Drawer Files 30" Counterweight T30CW-4 T36CW-4 36" Counterweight T42CW-4 42" Counterweight For 3, 4 and 5-Drawer Files T30CW-2 30" Counterweight 36" Counterweight T36CW-2 T42CW-2 42" Counterweight T1830 ♦ T1836 ♦ T1842 ♦ TLPLH W D H Cross Rods 153/4 17/8 7/8 Dividers 131/2 6 3/16 Counterweights 205/8 345/8 405/8 - 101/2 101/2 101/2 205/8 101/2 345/8 101/2 405/8 101/2 Laminate Tops 30" Laminate Top 30 18 1 1/16 36" Laminate Top 36 18 1 1/16 42" Laminate Top 42 18 1 1/16 Extra Long Pull Label Holder 4 1 5/16 1 $8.50 0.7 4.10 34 41 47 76.00 90.00 106.00 17 20 24 41.00 48.00 56.00 17 23 26 145.00 172.00 226.00 0.1 1.20 Laminate Tops Self-edged laminate tops add another work surface to your office and are available in sizes to top off any file. Available in Oak, Walnut and Mahogany laminates. * Available in black only. ** Use 1 pair per drawer. *Note: 96" tops require 3 legs. **Includes four mounting channels (enough to mount one workbench drawer or two modular cabinets.) Divider Cross Rods 5AD 15CR National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 42 WORKBENCHES OVERFILES & LATERAL FILE ACCESSORIES 15 Workbenches: Electronic Workbenches & Electronic Modular Workbenches Imperial Open Shelf Filing & HIPAA Compliant Doors Imperial Shelving, the most economical method to file end-tab file folders, keeps materials upright while making files more visible, especially when using a color-coding system. All units have closed end panels. Each shelf comes with 5 adjustable dividers and plastic feet to protect carpet or floor. It also offers a variety of doors that meet HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996) healthcare privacy regulations for safeguarding personal health information. Starter Units Adder Units - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. No. of Openings W D H Wt. Single Entry Starter Units 1276PC ♦ 6 36 12 76 117 127648PC ♦ 6 48 12 76 140 1576PC ♦ 6 36 15 76 125 1288PC ♦ 7 36 12 88 133 128848PC ♦ 7 48 12 88 156 1588PC ♦ 7 36 15 88 145 Double Entry Starter Units 2476PC ♦ 12 36 24 76 199 247648PC ♦ 12 48 24 76 247 2488PC ♦ 14 36 24 88 229 248848PC ♦ 14 48 24 88 286 3076PC ♦ 12 36 30 76 220 3088PC ♦ 14 36 30 88 256 RSMB-12 RSMB-15 RSMB-24 RSMB-30 Reference Shelf 30 12 5/8 30 15 5/8 30 24 5/8 30 30 5/8 List Price Cat. No. Please Note Please Note Standard Color: Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey No. of Openings W D H Wt. List Price $376.00 459.00 401.00 428.00 517.00 454.00 Single Entry Add-On Units 1276AC ♦ 6 36 12 76 108 127648AC ♦ 6 48 12 76 130 1576AC ♦ 6 36 15 76 114 1288AC ♦ 7 36 12 88 125 128848AC ♦ 7 48 12 88 147 1588AC ♦ 7 36 15 88 132 $337.00 406.00 375.00 399.00 479.00 423.00 640.00 775.00 719.00 883.00 709.00 783.00 Double Entry Add-On Units 2476AC ♦ 12 36 24 76 177 247648AC ♦ 12 48 24 76 222 2488AC ♦ 14 36 24 88 203 248848AC ♦ 14 48 24 88 257 3076AC ♦ 12 36 30 76 205 3088AC ♦ 14 36 30 88 225 587.00 725.00 660.00 826.00 689.00 716.00 9.3 9.7 10.8 11.6 50.00 51.00 55.00 57.00 Extra Shelf Kit ISK-3612* ♦ Single Entry 13 40.00 ISK-3615* ♦ Single Entry 14.1 43.00 ISK-4812* ♦ Single Entry 18.8 51.00 ISK-3624* Double Entry 24 66.00 Double Entry 25 72.00 ISK-3630* ISK-4824* ♦ Double Entry 30 85.00 * Includes: 2 shelf supports, 1 shelf, 1 backstop and 5 dividers. NOTE: 12" & 24" Deep units are letter sized. 15" & 30" Deep units are legal sized. EB-1-3072S Solid Steel Top Electronic Workbench EB-1-3072M Hard Wood Top Electronic Workbench EB-1-3072C Compressed Wood Top Electronic Workbench EB-1-3072P Plastic Laminate Top Electronic Workbench Electronic Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. EB-1-3072S ♦ EB-1-3072M ♦ EB-1-3672M ♦ EB-1-3072P ♦ EB-1-3672P ♦ EB-1-3072C ♦ EB-1-3672C ♦ Top Material W D Electronic Workbenches Solid Steel 72 Hard Wood 72 Hard Wood 72 Plastic Laminate 72 Plastic Laminate 72 Compressed Wood 72 Compressed Wood 72 30 30 36 30 36 30 36 H 331/2 333/4 333/4 331/2 331/2 333/4 333/4 Load Capacity Wt. List Price 1800 2000 2000 750 750 1500 1500 156 178 195 175 215 211 239 $557.00 826.00 918.00 679.00 754.00 696.00 746.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 Doors Cat. No. Reference Shelf Provides a convenient pull-out work space anywhere. Reduces filing or storage space by 1". Hinged Door Assembly Adds 2 3/4” to outside depth of unit, including handles; frame uses 1/2” vertical filing space. Sliding Door Kit Single sliding door offers lockable security. 16 HIGH DENSITY OFFICE FILING UNITS W D H Wt. Hinged Doors with Extended Frames 2 1/4 76 60 LTHD-3676RHD 36 2 1/4 76 86 LTHD-4876RHD 48 2 1/4 88 68 LTHD-3688RHD 36 LTHD-4888RHD 48 2 1/4 88 89 Sliding Door Kit SD-3676-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 76 103 SD-4876-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 76 138 SD-3688-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 88 120 SD-4888-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 88 160 List Price $423.00 552.00 422.00 606.00 907.00 955.00 922.00 971.00 * All doors come standard with lock, in compliance with (HIPAA) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 regulations. Two Piece Backs Cat. No. W H Wt. List Price Two Piece Backs (to enclose units with doors) 76 18.6 $101.00 LTBP-3676-2 36 76 21.0 111.00 LTBP-4876-2 48 LTBP-3688-2 36 88 25.0 129.00 LTBP-4888-2 48 88 29.0 144.00 EMB-1-3072S Solid Steel Top Electronic Modular Workbench EMB-2-3072S Solid Steel Top Electronic Modular Workbench Electronic Modular Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. Top Material W W DD Electronic Modular Workbenches EMB-1-3072S ♦ Solid Steel w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-1-3072M ♦ Hard Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-1-3072P ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-1-3072C ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-2-3072S* ♦ Solid Steel w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 EMB-2-3072M* ♦ Hard Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 EMB-2-3072P* ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 EMB-2-3072C* ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 HH 331/2 333/4 331/2 333/4 331/2 333/4 331/2 333/4 Load Wt. Capacity Wt.List List Price Price 1800 2000 750 1500 1800 2000 750 1500 248 $1,359.00 267 1,619.00 264 1,472.00 300 1,489.00 219 1,110.00 238 1,370.00 235 1,223.00 271 1,240.00 *Load capacity is for top only. National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 WORKBENCHES 41 Fixed Shelf & Lateral File Units Workbenches: Adjustable Legs Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Fixed Shelf Files are sturdy welded units that do not have to be assembled and also offer an optional posting shelf for additional work surface. Fixed Shelf Lateral Files are available with or without doors. Open Units are perfect for color-coded filing systems, books, manuals etc. Use Closed Units when confidentiality, security or protection of materials is of paramount concern. Closed Units have individual retractable doors for each shelf level. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Fixed Shelf File Cat. No. Number of Openings W 7 341/2 131/2 Reference Shelf 30 12 Extra Divider* 11 FSF-78 ♦ FSFRS-1 ♦ PD-1108-BK Steel Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches Solid Hard Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches Cat. No. W D H Load Wt. List Capacity Price 30 ** 4000 98 $344.00 WBA-1-3048S ♦ 48 30 ** 2500 110 361.00 WBA-1-3060S ♦ 60 WBA-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 ** 1800 127 399.00 WBA-1-3096S* ♦ 96 30 ** 4000 182 555.00 36 ** 2500 129 414.00 WBA-1-3660S ♦ 60 WBA-1-3672S ♦ 72 36 ** 1800 141 450.00 36 ** 4000 202 611.00 WBA-1-3696S* ♦ 96 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. Cat. No. H Wt. List Price 78 117 $544.00 /2 8.6 50.00 8 .4 2.20 H Wt. List Price 180 218 242 $1,231.00 1,410.00 1,562.00 63½ 751/4 87 124 150 175 701.00 764.00 857.00 8 .8 1 *Dividers available in black only. - Comes standard with four dividers per shelf level (dividers are black only). - Assembly required. - Assembly required. D W D H Load Wt. List Capacity Price 30 ** 4000 109 $541.00 WBA-1-3048W ♦ 48 WBA-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 ** 3800 131 580.00 30 ** 3600 148 668.00 WBA-1-3072W ♦ 72 WBA-1-3096W* 96 30 ** 4000 194 926.00 WBA-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 ** 3800 144 672.00 36 ** 3600 168 768.00 WBA-1-3672W ♦ 72 WBA-1-3696W* 96 36 ** 4000 227 1,338.00 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 Fixed Shelf Lateral Files Plastic Top is White. Compressed Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. WBA-1-3048C WBA-1-3060C ♦ WBA-1-3072C ♦ WBA-1-3096C* WBA-1-3660C ♦ WBA-1-3672C ♦ WBA-1-3696C* Plastic Laminate Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches W 48 60 72 96 60 72 96 D H 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Load Capacity 2400 1900 1500 2400 1900 1500 2400 Wt. 131 159 181 238 176 212 280 List Price $456.00 477.00 538.00 876.00 536.00 596.00 898.00 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. Cat. No. W WBA-1-3048P 48 WBA-1-3060P ♦ 60 WBA-1-3072P ♦ 72 WBA-1-3096P* 96 WBA-1-3660P ♦ 60 WBA-1-3672P ♦ 72 WBA-1-3696P* 96 D H 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Load Capacity 1200 800 750 1200 800 750 1200 Wt. 115 130 145 200 157 188 235 List Price $432.00 460.00 521.00 728.00 545.00 604.00 836.00 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. Cat. No. Product Description W D Closed Lateral File (Door Units) FS351L ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 17 63½ FS361L ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 17 751/4 FS371L ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 17 87 FS350 ♦ FS360 ♦ FS370 ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit FDP-1108 ♦ Open Lateral File 36 17 36 17 36 17 Extra Divider 11 2.50 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45. 40 WORKBENCHES FIXED SHELF FILING UNITS 17 Add-A-Stack Shelving Workbenches: Flared Legs Need more filing or floor space? Add-A-Stack is the modular filing system that expands as easily as adding another shelf. The thin profile reduces the height of each tier, allowing more within reaching height. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Sand Tennsco Workbenches are constructed of only the finest materials. Choose from a 12 gauge steel top, a solid hard wood top, a compressed wood top or a plastic laminate top. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Light Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Add-A-Stack Filing System - Assembly required. Cat. No. Stackable Tier W Overall D H Wt. List Price AS48L Letter Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier With 6 fixed dividers 47 13 97/8 48 133/16 10 23 114.00 Wt. List Price 18 22 23 29 $87.00 124.00 109.00 146.00 Wt. List Price Remarks Base Size Top Size Letter Sized Base & Top Sets 36 133/16 AS36LBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 133/16 1 AS36LBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 133/16 4 36 133/16 48 133/16 AS48LBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 133/16 1 AS48LBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 133/16 4 48 133/16 Cat. No. Remarks W Inside D H W Overall D 1 1 1 1 H AS36G ♦ Legal Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier With 4 fixed dividers 35 16 97/8 36 163/16 10 25 $102.00 AS48G Legal Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier With 6 fixed dividers 47 16 97/8 48 163/16 10 28 130.00 Wt. List Price Remarks Base Size Top Size Legal Sized Base & Top Sets AS36GBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 163/16 1 36 163/16 AS36GBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 163/16 4 36 163/16 AS48GBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 163/16 1 48 163/16 AS48GBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 163/16 4 48 163/16 AS36PS ♦ AS36LD AS48PS AS48LD Cat. No. AS36X ♦ Cat. No. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 H $88.00 Locking Door Posting Shelf D 20 Cat. No. Base and Top Set (4" Base with levelers) Inside Letter Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier With 4 fixed dividers 35 13 97/8 36 133/16 10 Cat. No. Base and Top Set (1" Base, no levelers) W AS36L ♦ Cat. No. NOTE: *Bases are available in either 1" height (without levelers) or 4" height (with levelers). - All tops are 1" high. - Tiers priced as each, packed 2 per box. Remarks Remarks W 1 1 1 1 D Posting Shelves & Locking Doors 36" wide posting shelf 36 911/16 36" wide locking door 36 911/16 48" wide posting shelf 48 911/16 48" wide locking door 48 911/16 Remarks W Inside D H W Overall D H X-Ray Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier 36 193/16 15 With 4 fixed dividers Remarks Base Size Top Size X-Ray Sized Base & Top Sets 1 36 193/16 AS36XBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* AS36XBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 4 36 193/16 1 1 21 27 27 34 $105.00 131.00 120.00 161.00 Wt. List Price 10 7 13.3 8.2 $131.00 155.00 136.00 185.00 Wt. List Price 42 $172.00 Wt. List Price 24 30 $120.00 140.00 Steel Top Workbenches Solid Hard Wood Top Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. - Assembly required. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs 30 331/2 4000 WB-1-3048S ♦ 48 WB-1-3060S ♦ 60 30 331/2 2500 WB-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 331/2 1800 30 331/2 4000 WB-1-3096S* ♦ 96 WB-1-3660S ♦ 60 36 331/2 2500 36 331/2 1800 WB-1-3672S ♦ 72 WB-1-3696S* ♦ 96 36 331/2 4000 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 91 103 120 173 122 134 192 $324.00 341.00 379.00 525.00 392.00 428.00 578.00 Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs WB-1-3048W 48 30 33¾ 4000 WB-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 33¾ 3800 WB-1-3072W ♦ 72 30 33¾ 3600 30 33¾ 4000 WB-1-3096W* 96 WB-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 33¾ 3800 36 33¾ 3600 WB-1-3672W ♦ 72 WB-1-3696W* 96 36 33¾ 4000 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 96 $497.00 124 560.00 142 648.00 184 896.00 137 650.00 162 746.00 217 1,305.00 Plastic Top is White. White Plastic Laminate Top Workbenches Compressed Wood Top Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. - Assembly required. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs WB-1-3048C 48 30 333/4 2400 30 333/4 1900 WB-1-3060C ♦ 60 WB-1-3072C ♦ 72 30 333/4 1500 WB-1-3096C* 96 30 333/4 2400 WB-1-3660C ♦ 60 36 333/4 1900 WB-1-3672C ♦ 72 36 333/4 1500 WB-1-3696C* 96 36 333/4 2400 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 124 152 175 233 169 206 270 $436.00 457.00 518.00 855.00 514.00 574.00 865.00 Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs WB-1-3048P 48 30 331/2 1200 30 331/2 800 WB-1-3060P ♦ 60 WB-1-3072P ♦ 72 30 331/2 750 WB-1-3096P* 96 30 331/2 1200 WB-1-3660P ♦ 60 36 331/2 800 WB-1-3672P ♦ 72 36 331/2 750 WB-1-3696P* 96 36 331/2 1200 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 126 123 139 190 150 182 225 $412.00 440.00 501.00 698.00 523.00 582.00 803.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45. 18 STACKABLE TIERS WORKBENCHES 39 Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches Please Note Standard Color: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey ESP & Regal Shelving Organization is the key to productivity. Tennsco organizes both your front and back office to keep offices running smoothly. Tennsco's multipurpose ESP Shelving is ideal for storage applications in office stockrooms and throughout your plant. Everything you need shipped in one box. Regal Shelving components snap together with steel shoulder rivets for added rigidity. This added strength makes Regal Shelving sturdy enough for any storage application, while the wood grain laminate shelves make it attractive for the front office. Everything you need shipped in one box. ESP Shelving Please Note Flanged For Extra Support MB-2530-BB MB-3-2545 MB-4-2545 Standard Color: Medium Grey ESP Shelves use multiplebend flanges with lapped and welded corners. The design permits loads up to 250 lbs. per shelf. MB-5-2545 QuickShip Color: Medium Grey - Assembly required. Cat. No. MB-2530-C MB-6-2545 ESP-1236 ♦ ESP-1836 ♦ ESP-2436 ♦ ESP-6-1236 ♦ ESP-6-1836 ♦ ESP-6-2436 ♦ MB-7-2545 Workbench Configurations - Assembly required. Cat No. W D H Wt. MB-2530-BB ♦ MB-2530-C ♦ MB-3-2545 ♦ MB-4-2545 ♦ MB-5-2545 MB-6-2545 MB-7-2545 33 33 48 48 48 48 48 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 234 153 294 270 220 251 278 List Price $1,173.00 712.00 1,634.00 1,334.00 1,321.00 1,311.00 1,512.00 ES-12 ♦ ES-18 ♦ ES-24 ♦ Openings W D 4 4 4 5 5 5 36 12 36 18 36 24 36 12 36 18 36 24 Extra Shelves H Wt. 75 75 75 75 75 75 48 61 73 53 68 77 Packaged 2 shelves per carton, priced per shelf. 36 36 36 12 18 24 1 1 1 6.0 8.2 10.8 List Price $150.00 182.00 215.00 158.00 191.00 229.00 19.20 23.00 27.00 Regal Shelving National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Please Note Standard Color: Sand QuickShip Color: Sand Electric Riser Push Handle Power Strip Fits only 48" wide units. - Assembly required. Cat. No. - Assembly required. Cat No. W D H Wt. Electric Riser RE-1045WK ♦ 45 8 101/4 23 Push Handle Power Strip MHE-25 ♦ 25 8 101/4 10 List Price $167.00 162.00 Number of Openings W D H Wt. List Price RGL-1236S ♦ RGL-1536S ♦ RGL-1836S ♦ 5 5 5 Starter Units 36 12 36 15 36 18 76 76 76 85 99 104 $199.00 219.00 244.00 RGL-1236A ♦ RGL-1536A ♦ RGL-1836A ♦ 5 5 5 Add-On Units 36 12 36 15 36 18 76 76 76 80 94 100 166.00 185.00 210.00 Shelves have a Light Oak finish. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 38 WORKBENCHES COMMERCIAL SHELVING 19 Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches Z-Line Shelving: Low Profile Z-Line Shelving is value without compromising performance. Its versatile array of components means it fits all your storage needs. Combine an interlocking keyhole design for fast, boltless installation without clips, gussets or sway bars and you have a shelving system designed for your specific needs. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Mobile Workbenches keep employees productive no matter where they are on the worksite. They feature all welded construction from heavy gauge steel. Units are available in one or four drawer configurations. Standard features include: locking cabinet with one cabinet shelf, two fixed and two swivel casters for easy steering. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey and Sand Z-Line Low Profile Shelving maximizes shelf openings in light to medium duty support applications. QuickShip Color: Medium Grey * Load capacity in pounds per shelf level, evenly distributed. Total unit capacity, using four uprights, not to exceed 8000 lbs., based on 24" centers or less. Starter Unit Add-on Unit NOTE: Products are shown with one additional shelf level. Mobile Workbench Mobile Workbench (With Modular Cabinet, One Drawer and Two Shelves) Low Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving (4 Shelves, 3 Openings) (With Modular Cabinet and Four Drawers) - Assembly required. Unit Size W D H Cap.* 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 600 600 600 600 550 550 550 550 500 500 500 500 Starter Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612S-4D ♦ ZA7-3618S-4D ♦ ZA7-3624S-4D ♦ ZA7-3636S-4D ♦ ZA7-4212S-4D ♦ ZA7-4218S-4D ♦ ZA7-4224S-4D ♦ ZA7-4236S-4D ♦ ZA7-4812S-4D ♦ ZA7-4818S-4D ♦ ZA7-4824S-4D ♦ ZA7-4836S-4D ♦ Wt. List Price 65 $138.00 83 155.00 99 168.00 136 212.00 73 150.00 93 168.00 111 183.00 154 225.00 80 158.00 103 178.00 124 190.00 175 239.00 Adder Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612A-4D ♦ ZA7-3618A-4D ♦ ZA7-3624A-4D ♦ ZA7-3636A-4D ♦ ZA7-4212A-4D ♦ ZA7-4218A-4D ♦ ZA7-4224A-4D ♦ ZA7-4236A-4D ♦ ZA7-4812A-4D ♦ ZA7-4818A-4D ♦ ZA7-4824A-4D ♦ ZA7-4836A-4D ♦ Wt. List Price 63 $132.00 80 146.00 95 159.00 135 213.00 71 144.00 89 159.00 107 173.00 153 227.00 78 151.00 99 169.00 120 181.00 174 240.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. ZAES-3612D ♦ ZAES-3618D ♦ ZAES-3624D ♦ ZAES-3636D ♦ ZAES-4212D ♦ ZAES-4218D ♦ ZAES-4224D ♦ ZAES-4236D ♦ ZAES-4812D ♦ ZAES-4818D ♦ ZAES-4824D ♦ ZAES-4836D ♦ Wt. List Price 10.9 $16.40 14.7 19.40 18.4 22.00 29 41.00 12.8 19.40 17.1 23.00 22 26.00 34 45.00 14.6 21.00 19.6 25.00 25 28.00 38 48.00 Cat No. MB-2-2542 ♦ MBS-2124 ♦ MBS-1524 W D H Wt. Mobile Workbench 42 25 361/4 157 Extra Shelf For Cabinet 21 23 3/4 6.4 Extra Shelf Left Side 15 23 3/4 5 Load Capacity List Price 1000 $852.00 100 100 41.00 37.00 Cat No. MB-1-2542 ♦ MBS-2124 ♦ W D H Wt. Load Capacity List Price Mobile Workbench 42 25 361/4 182 1000 $1,070.00 Extra Shelf For Cabinet 21 23 3/4 6.4 100 41.00 Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds. Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported, on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides. Low Profile Shelving Without Decking (4 Shelves, 3 Openings) - Assembly required. Unit Size W D H Cap.* 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 600 600 600 600 550 550 550 550 500 500 500 500 Starter Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612S-4 ♦ ZA7-3618S-4 ♦ ZA7-3624S-4 ♦ ZA7-3636S-4 ♦ ZA7-4212S-4 ♦ ZA7-4218S-4 ♦ ZA7-4224S-4 ♦ ZA7-4236S-4 ♦ ZA7-4812S-4 ♦ ZA7-4818S-4 ♦ ZA7-4824S-4 ♦ ZA7-4836S-4 ♦ Wt. List Price 35 $114.00 38 119.00 39 120.00 46 140.00 38 120.00 40 125.00 41 126.00 48 145.00 40 125.00 43 130.00 44 131.00 51 151.00 Adder Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612A-4 ♦ ZA7-3618A-4 ♦ ZA7-3624A-4 ♦ ZA7-3636A-4 ♦ ZA7-4212A-4 ♦ ZA7-4218A-4 ♦ ZA7-4224A-4 ♦ ZA7-4236A-4 ♦ ZA7-4812A-4 ♦ ZA7-4818A-4 ♦ ZA7-4824A-4 ♦ ZA7-4836A-4 ♦ Wt. List Price 33 $108.00 34 110.00 35 111.00 45 141.00 36 113.00 37 116.00 37 116.00 48 147.00 38 119.00 39 121.00 40 122.00 50 152.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. ZAES-3612 ♦ ZAES-3618 ♦ ZAES-3624 ♦ ZAES-3636 ♦ ZAES-4212 ♦ ZAES-4218 ♦ ZAES-4224 ♦ ZAES-4236 ♦ ZAES-4812 ♦ ZAES-4818 ♦ ZAES-4824 ♦ ZAES-4836 ♦ Wt. List Price 3.4 $10.40 3.4 10.40 3.4 10.40 6.8 23.00 4.0 11.80 4.0 11.80 4.0 11.80 7.6 25.00 4.6 13.20 4.6 13.20 4.6 13.20 8.0 24.00 Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported, on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 20 BOLTLESS SHELVING WORKBENCHES 37 Z-Line Shelving: Long Span Shelving and Sloping Shelf Units Logic Wire Shelving Units & Carts Logic Systems Shelving is perfect for food service, health care, or specialized industrial applications where a modern, sanitary appearance is required. Logic Shelving literally “snaps” together with its patented Logic clip. Shelves can be easily added or removed without disturbing other levels of the unit. This flexibility allows the interchangeability of wire and solid shelves whenever your needs change. Starter Units D Wt. 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 60 72 72 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 66 74 71 81 77 88 109 125 129 145 Standard Colors: Arctic White, Black, Pearl Grey Z-Line Long Span beams offer the ability to create shelving units up to 96" wide by 48" deep. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey and Sand QuickShip Colors: Arctic White, Pearl Grey Sloping Shelf units only available in Medium Grey. Epoxy Cat. No. E-361875-4 ♦ E-362475-4 ♦ E-421875-4 E-422475-4 E-481875-4 ♦ E-482475-4 E-601875-4 E-602475-4 ♦ E-721875-4 E-722475-4 ♦ List Extra Shelves $392.00 432.00 472.00 500.00 440.00 480.00 516.00 556.00 612.00 652.00 Cat. No. Wt. LE-3618P LE-3624P LE-4218P LE-4224P LE-4818P LE-4824P LE-6018P LE-6024P LE-7218P LE-7224P 10.9 13 12.2 14.7 13.7 16.4 22 26 27 31 Price List Wide Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving Price $71.00 81.00 89.00 90.00 83.00 94.00 102.00 112.00 126.00 136.00 - Assembly required. Unit Size Units include four posts, four wire shelves, 16 starter clips, and leveling feet. Add-On Units (4 Shelves, 75" High) - Assembly required. W D Wt. 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 60 72 72 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 54 62 59 69 65 76 97 113 117 133 Epoxy List Cat. No. Extra Shelves Price E-361875-4A ♦ $345.00 E-362475-4A ♦ 385.00 E-421875-4A 425.00 E-422475-4A 453.00 E-481875-4A ♦ 393.00 E-482475-4A 433.00 E-601875-4A 469.00 E-602475-4A ♦ 509.00 E-721875-4A 565.00 E-722475-4A ♦ 605.00 Cat. No. Wt. LE-3618A LE-3624A LE-4218A LE-4224A LE-4818A LE-4824A LE-6018A LE-6024A LE-7218A LE-7224A 10.6 12.7 11.9 14.4 13.4 16.1 21 25 26 30 List Price $73.00 83.00 91.00 92.00 85.00 96.00 104.00 114.00 128.00 138.00 Units include two posts, four wire shelves, 8 add-on clips, and leveling feet. 90° add-on units available, call factory for pricing. Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Assembly required. D Cat. No. Wt. 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 18 24 18 24 18 24 24 2 Shelves, 42" Height HE-361835-2M* ♦ 43 HE-362435-2M 49 HE-421835-2 46 HE-422435-2 53 HE-481835-2 ♦ 49 HE-482435-2M 56 HE-602435-2 ♦ 77 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 18 24 18 24 18 24 24 3 Shelves, 42" Height HE-361835-3 ♦ 55 HE-362435-3 ♦ 63 HE-421835-3 58 HE-422435-3 68 HE-481835-3 ♦ 63 HE-482435-3 73 HE-602435-3 ♦ 101 List Price $315.00 359.00 352.00 368.00 336.00 384.00 420.00 383.00 415.00 441.00 466.00 419.00 451.00 508.00 Units include two one-piece handles, two or three wire shelves, Logic Clips, four donut bumpers, and two pair of swivel casters. W D H Cap.* 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 96 96 96 96 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 2250 2250 2250 2250 2000 2000 2000 2000 1750 1750 1750 1750 1250 1250 1250 1250 3 Shelves (2 Openings) Cat.No. Wt. ZL7-4824-3D ♦ ZL7-4830-3D ♦ ZL7-4836-3D ♦ ZL7-4848-3D ♦ ZL7-6024-3D ♦ ZL7-6030-3D ♦ ZL7-6036-3D ♦ ZL7-6048-3D ♦ ZL7-7224-3D ♦ ZL7-7230-3D ♦ ZL7-7236-3D ♦ ZL7-7248-3D ♦ ZL7-9624-3D ♦ ZL7-9630-3D ♦ ZL7-9636-3D ♦ ZL7-9648-3D ♦ 125 144 166 202 146 169 192 238 173 201 229 285 220 256 293 367 List Price $243.00 271.00 289.00 340.00 277.00 301.00 330.00 375.00 337.00 359.00 397.00 458.00 408.00 444.00 493.00 573.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. Wt. List Price ZLES-4824D ♦ 33 $55.00 39 64.00 ZLES-4830D ♦ ZLES-4836D ♦ 47 70.00 ZLES-4848D ♦ 59 87.00 40 66.00 ZLES-6024D ♦ ZLES-6030D ♦ 48 74.00 55 84.00 ZLES-6036D ♦ ZLES-6048D ♦ 71 99.00 49 86.00 ZLES-7224D ♦ ZLES-7230D ♦ 58 93.00 68 106.00 ZLES-7236D ♦ ZLES-7248D ♦ 86 126.00 ZLES-9624D ♦ 65 110.00 77 121.00 ZLES-9630D ♦ ZLES-9636D ♦ 89 138.00 ZLES-9648D ♦ 114 164.00 Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with 96" width units. Wide Profile Shelving Without Decking * Load capacity in pounds per shelf level. Total unit capacity, not to exceed 11,000 lbs. per unit (2,750 lbs. per post), based on 24" centers or less. - Assembly required. Unit Size W 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 96 96 96 96 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Shelving Units (4 Shelves, 75" High) - Assembly required. W Please Note Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Come with 4 swivel casters. Shelves can be added, removed, or repositioned as quickly as your needs change without disturbing other shelving levels. D 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 H 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 Cap.* 2250 2250 2250 2250 2000 2000 2000 2000 1750 1750 1750 1750 1250 1250 1250 1250 3 Shelves (2 Openings) Cat.No. ZL7-4824-3 ♦ ZL7-4830-3 ♦ ZL7-4836-3 ♦ ZL7-4848-3 ♦ ZL7-6024-3 ♦ ZL7-6030-3 ♦ ZL7-6036-3 ♦ ZL7-6048-3 ♦ ZL7-7224-3 ♦ ZL7-7230-3 ♦ ZL7-7236-3 ♦ ZL7-7248-3 ♦ ZL7-9624-3 ♦ ZL7-9630-3 ♦ ZL7-9636-3 ♦ ZL7-9648-3 ♦ Wt. 65 69 73 82 71 75 79 88 83 88 94 105 100 106 113 127 List Price $199.00 211.00 223.00 244.00 217.00 229.00 240.00 261.00 259.00 275.00 289.00 317.00 312.00 333.00 349.00 384.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. ZLES-4824 ♦ ZLES-4830 ♦ ZLES-4836 ♦ ZLES-4848 ♦ ZLES-6024 ♦ ZLES-6030 ♦ ZLES-6036 ♦ ZLES-6048 ♦ ZLES-7224 ♦ ZLES-7230 ♦ ZLES-7236 ♦ ZLES-7248 ♦ ZLES-9624 ♦ ZLES-9630 ♦ ZLES-9636 ♦ ZLES-9648 ♦ Wt. 13.1 14.4 15.8 18.6 15.1 16.4 17.8 21 19 21 23 26 25 27 29 34 List Price $40.00 44.00 48.00 55.00 46.00 50.00 54.00 61.00 60.00 65.00 70.00 79.00 78.00 84.00 90.00 101.00 Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with 96" width units. Sloping Shelf Units - Assembly required. Unit Size W D H 36 36 48 48 18 24 18 24 84 84 84 84 Starter Units Cat.No. ZT7-3618S-5 ♦ ZT7-3624S-5 ♦ ZT7-4818S-5 ♦ ZT7-4824S-5 ♦ Wt. List Price 137 $455.00 160 511.00 187 590.00 217 658.00 Adder Units Cat.No. ZT7-3618A-5 ♦ ZT7-3624A-5 ♦ ZT7-4818A-5 ♦ ZT7-4824A-5 ♦ Wt. List Price 136 $457.00 159 513.00 186 592.00 217 660.00 Extra Shelf Levels List Cat.No. Wt. ZSSS-3618 ♦ 17.9 ZSSS-3624 ♦ 23 ZSSS-4818 ♦ 27 ZSSS-4824 ♦ 33 Price $68.00 83.00 92.00 105.00 * Product numbers ending with "M" ship in a single carton National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 36 WIRE SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING 21 Z-Line Shelving: Record Archive & Stur-D-Stor Bulk Storage Racks: Components Z-Line Record Archive Rack holds standard record storage boxes for archival purposes. Record Archive Storage Racks - Boxes not included Please Note Please Note Record Archive Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Sand, Medium Grey QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Stur-D-Stor Standard Color: Sand Decking Types QuickShip Color: Sand - Decking only. - Assembly required. Without Decking W D H 42 42 42 42 69 69 69 69 15 15 30 30 15 15 30 30 60 84 60 84 60 84 60 84 42 42 42 42 69 69 69 69 15 15 30 30 15 15 30 30 60 84 60 84 60 84 60 84 Number of Openings Archive Box Capacity Cat.No. Supplied With Particle Board Decking 2 18 ZA421560-3D ♦ 3 24 ZA421584-4D ♦ 2 36 ZA423060-3D ♦ 3 48 ZA423084-4D ♦ 2 30 ZA691560-3D ♦ 3 40 ZA691584-4D ♦ 2 60 ZA693060-3D ♦ 3 80 ZA693084-4D ♦ Customer To Supply Decking 2 18 ZA421560-3 ♦ 3 24 ZA421584-4 ♦ 2 36 ZA423060-3 ♦ 3 48 ZA423084-4 ♦ 2 30 ZA691560-3 ♦ 3 40 ZA691584-4 ♦ 2 60 ZA693060-3 ♦ 3 80 ZA693084-4 ♦ Wt. List Price 73 98 113 151 111 148 175 234 156.00 210.00 199.00 267.00 218.00 293.00 305.00 408.00 41 55 47 64 57 76 67 90 $131.00 177.00 149.00 200.00 176.00 237.00 203.00 272.00 Wire Decking Particleboard Decking Deck Levels - Order decking separately. See options to the right. Z-Line Stur-D-Stor's flexible shelving components create either a five-shelf unit or a three-shelf/two-shelf worktable. Boltless design allows quick and easy set-up. Industrial grade particle board shelves with steel frames offer 1000 lb. capacity per shelf. Adjusts in 11/2" increments. - Assembly required. Cat. No. LSS-361872 ♦ LSS-482484 ♦ W D 361/2 181/2 481/2 241/2 H 72 84 Wt. 88 142 List Price 179.00 249.00 W ZWD-4824 ♦ ZWD-4836 ♦ ZWD-4848 ZWD-6024 ZWD-6036 ZWD-6048 ZWD-7224 ZWD-7236 ZWD-7248 ZWD-9624 ♦ ZWD-9636 ZWD-9648 48 48 48 60 60 60 72 72 72 96 96 96 BSD-4824 ♦ BSD-4836 ♦ BSD-4848 ♦ BSD-6024 ♦ BSD-6036 ♦ BSD-6048 ♦ BSD-7224 ♦ BSD-7236 ♦ BSD-7248 ♦ BSD-9624 ♦ BSD-9636 ♦ BSD-9648 ♦ Corrugated Steel Decking 14 48 24 9/16 48 36 9/16 21 48 48 9/16 28 60 24 9/16 17.9 60 36 9/16 26 60 48 9/16 36 72 24 9/16 21 72 36 9/16 31 72 48 9/16 42 96 24 9/16 28 96 36 9/16 40 96 48 9/16 58 $46.00 65.00 84.00 55.00 79.00 102.00 65.00 93.00 121.00 84.00 121.00 158.00 PB-4824 ♦ PB-4836 ♦ PB-4848 ♦ PB-6024 ♦ PB-6036 ♦ PB-6048 ♦ PB-7224 ♦ PB-7236 ♦ PB-7248 ♦ PB-9624 ♦ PB-9636 ♦ PB-9648 ♦ 5/8" Particleboard Decking 5 48 24 /8 20 5 48 36 /8 31 5 48 48 /8 40 5 60 24 /8 25 5 60 36 /8 37.5 5 60 48 /8 50 5 72 24 /8 30 5 72 36 /8 45 5 72 48 /8 60 5 96 24 /8 40 5 96 36 /8 60 5 96 48 /8 80 $14.70 22.00 32.00 20.00 30.00 38.00 26.00 36.00 47.00 32.00 48.00 63.00 Corrugated Steel Decking Support Angle Z-Line Stur-D-Stor Shelving Cat No. Cat No. No. Supports Included BPB-48-24 ♦ 2 BPB-48-36 ♦ 2 BPB-48-48 ♦ 2 BPB-60-24 ♦ 2 BPB-60-36 ♦ 2 BPB-60-48 ♦ 2 BPB-72-24 ♦ 3 BPB-72-36 ♦ 3 BPB-72-48 ♦ 3 BPB-96-24 ♦ 4 BPB-96-36 ♦ 4 BPB-96-48 ♦ 4 Wt. List Price Capacity 18.1 $52.00 4150 18.5 56.00 4150 21 60.00 4150 21 60.00 3800 23 64.00 3800 23 68.00 3800 25 73.00 2750 27 78.00 2750 31 83.00 2750 34 95.00 2150 37 102.00 2150 37 109.00 2150 Note: Safety plugs (included) must be inserted in each end of beam to secure post. D H Wt. Wire Decking 24 9/16 10.7 36 9/16 16 48 9/16 21 24 9/16 13.3 36 9/16 20 48 9/16 27 16 24 9/16 36 9/16 24 48 9/16 32 24 9/16 21 36 9/16 32 48 9/16 42 List Price $42.00 59.00 85.00 70.00 83.00 116.00 64.00 89.00 99.00 84.00 118.00 170.00 * Wire decking uses 5 gauge wire and consists of a 2" x 4" mesh pattern. Additional Support Angles Cat No. BPS-24 ♦ BPS-36 ♦ BPS-48 ♦ W 1 1 1 D H Wt. 24 115/16 1.3 36 115/16 2.1 48 115/16 2.7 List Price $4.20 6.00 7.80 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 22 BOLTLESS SHELVING BULK STORAGE 35 Z-Line Shelving Components: Posts, Shelf & Deck Supports Bulk Storage Racks: Uprights Bulk Storage Shelving allows clear and convenient access from the front or rear. It is designed to handle capacities of 10,000 lbs. per upright set. It’s easy to create your own bulk shelving unit: Please Note 1. Choose the uprights that meet your needs. (Page 34) 2. Select the appropriate deck levels. (Page 35) 3. Choose a decking type. (Page 35) QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand BUF-2472 ♦ BUF-3672 ♦ BUF-4872 ♦ D H Wt. List Price 72" High 13/4 24 72 20 $66.00 13/4 36 72 22 72.00 13/4 48 72 23 78.00 BUF-2484 BUF-3684 ♦ BUF-4884 84" High 13/4 24 84 13/4 36 84 13/4 48 84 BUF-2496 ♦ BUF-3696 ♦ BUF-4896 ♦ 96" High 13/4 24 96 13/4 36 96 13/4 48 96 72" High 120" High 168" High 192" High 17,000 lbs. capacity based on maximum vertical distance of 24" between any two beams on floor. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Shelf and Deck Supports W Medium-Duty Shelf Supports Standard Angle Post 24 25 27 92.00 101.00 110.00 28 30 33 88.00 99.00 108.00 120" High BUF-24120 ♦ 13/4 24 120 33 BUF-36120 ♦ 13/4 36 120 36 BUF-48120 ♦ 13/4 48 120 38 111.00 116.00 125.00 144" High BUF-24144* 13/4 24 144 40 BUF-36144* 13/4 36 144 43 BUF-48144* 13/4 48 144 46 158.00 169.00 177.00 168" High BUF-24168* 13/4 24 168 46 BUF-36168* 13/4 36 168 50 BUF-48168* 13/4 48 168 53 189.00 199.00 208.00 192" High BUF-24192* 13/4 24 192 53 BUF-36192* 13/4 36 192 57 BUF-48192* 13/4 48 192 64 209.00 215.00 225.00 Cat. No. EUR-36 ♦ EUR-48 ♦ EUR-60 ♦ EUR-72 ♦ EUR-84 ♦ EUR-96 ♦ EUR-108 ♦ EUR-120 ♦ EUR-132 EUR-144 ♦ Length 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 Wt. 2 2.7 3.4 4 4.7 5.4 6 6.7 7.4 8.1 List Price $6.50 9.00 10.20 12.20 14.10 16.20 18.60 20.00 23.00 24.00 Total weight capacity is not to exceed 8,000 lbs. (2,000 lbs. per post) per unit, based on 24" centers or less. Intermediate Post * Note: Quantities less than 50 uprights please add $250 list set-up charge. 144" High Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Shelf supports are available in 14 and 16 gauges. Front to back shelf deck supports help support decking on long spans and work with wide profile shelf supports and channel beams. Cat No. 96" High Match posts with your needs. Use SUR posts for the most demanding applications. Use EUR for light or medium weight applications and in conjunction with ZTP posts. Use ZTP as an intermediate common “T” post. Cat. No. ZTP-36 ZTP-48 ♦ ZTP-60 ♦ ZTP-72 ♦ ZTP-84 ♦ ZTP-96 ♦ ZTP-108 ♦ ZTP-120 ♦ ZTP-132 ZTP-144 ♦ Length 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 Wt. 3.9 5.1 6.4 7.7 9 10.3 11.6 12.8 14.1 15.4 List Price $13.50 17.50 21.00 25.00 29.00 33.00 37.00 41.00 45.00 49.00 Cat. No. Load Recommended Length Wt. Capacity Deck Supports 16-Gauge VDRS-1216 1000 11.5 .6 VDRS-1516 1000 14.5 .8 VDRS-1816 ♦ 1000 17.5 .9 VDRS-2416 ♦ 1000 23.5 1.3 VDRS-3016 ♦ 1000 29.5 1.5 VDRS-3616 ♦ 1000 1 35.5 1.8 VDRS-4216 ♦ 900 1 41.5 2.2 VDRS-4816 ♦ 850 1 47.5 2.5 14-Gauge VDRS-4814 1000 1 47.5 3.6 VDRS-6014 ♦ 750 1 59.5 4.6 1 65.5 5.0 VDRS-6614 700 VDRS-6914 ♦ 650 2 68.5 5.2 VDRS-7214 ♦ 600 2 71.5 5.4 List Price $2.90 3.30 3.80 4.50 5.60 6.40 7.60 8.30 13.30 15.30 16.50 17.10 18.70 Total weight capacity is not to exceed 11,000 lbs. (5,500 lbs. per post) per unit, based on 24" centers or less. Medium-Duty Front-To-Back Deck Supports (for VDRS) Heavy Angle Post Cat. No. SUR-36 SUR-48 SUR-60 ♦ SUR-72 ♦ SUR-84 ♦ SUR-96 ♦ SUR-108 SUR-120 ♦ SUR-132 SUR-144 ♦ SUR-168 SUR-181.5 Length 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 168 181.5 Wt. 2.8 3.7 4.7 5.4 6.5 7.6 8.5 9.2 10.4 11.4 13.3 14.3 List Price $9.20 12.40 14.40 17.10 19.90 23.00 26.00 28.00 32.00 34.00 40.00 43.00 Cat. No. FBSV-12 FBSV-15 ♦ FBSV-18 ♦ FBSV-24 ♦ FBSV-30 ♦ FBSV-36 ♦ FBSV-42 FBSV-48 ♦ W D H Wt. 15/8 1 5 /8 1 5 /8 1 5 /8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 .6 .8 .9 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 List Price $3.60 3.60 3.90 5.00 5.60 6.50 8.80 10.00 Total weight capacity is not to exceed 13,000 lbs. (3,250 lbs. per post) per unit, based on 24" centers or less. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 34 BULK STORAGE BOLTLESS SHELVING 23 Z-Line Shelving Components: Shelf & Deck Supports Choose from Low Profile supports to maximize shelf openings with thin but strong shelf supports or Heavy-Duty and Extra Heavy-Duty Channel shelf supports for greater load capacity. Tool & Die Rack Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand For extra heavy-duty storage, Tennsco's Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving offers a shelf capacity of 4,000 lbs. Constructed of 16-gauge steel shelves and 14-gauge posts and supports, the unit's superior strength makes it perfect for storing dies, motors, jigs, fixtures and other heavy materials. Braceless construction allows easy access from all four sides, and the smooth steel surface makes placing and removing items much easier than on wood or wire shelves - simply slide items on and off. A simple design, uncommon for a unit built to withstand such loads, makes it quick and easy to assemble or rearrange. Please Note Standard Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving - Assembly required. Cat. No. Extra Heavy-Duty Channel Shelf Supports Cat. No. Heavy-Duty Shelf Supports Cat. No. LRA-12 ♦ LRA-15 ♦ LRA-16 LRA-18 ♦ LRA-24 ♦ LRA-30 ♦ LRA-32 LRA-36 ♦ LRA-42 ♦ LRA-48 ♦ LRA-60 ♦ LRA-69 ♦ LRA-72 ♦ LRA-84 ♦ LRA-96 ♦ Load Recommended # Capacity of SDS-dd Supports 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 1 2250 1 2000 1 1800 1 1750 2 1500 3 1250 3 Length Wt. 11.5 14.5 15.5 17.5 23.5 29.5 31.5 35.5 41.5 47.5 59.5 68.5 71.5 83.5 95.5 .9 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.9 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.7 5.4 5.7 6.6 7.5 List Price $3.80 4.50 4.90 4.90 6.10 7.40 8.90 8.90 10.60 11.30 14.20 16.30 18.70 24.00 25.00 Load capacities are based on the recommended number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports. LRC-48 ♦ LRC-60 LRC-72 ♦ LRC-84 LRC-96 ♦ Load Recommended # Length Capacity of SDS-dd Supports 2500 2250 2000 1750 1600 1 1 2 3 3 47.5 59.5 71.5 83.5 95.5 Wt. List Price 5.2 $15.00 6.2 20.00 7.4 22.00 8.7 27.00 9.9 29.00 Load capacities are based on the recommended number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports. Seismic Support Channel Cat. No. SSC-36 SSC-42 SSC-48 SSC-60 SSC-72 SSC-96 Load Recommended # Capacity of SDS-dd Supports 2750 1 2500 1 2500 1 2250 1 2000 2 1600 3 Length Wt. 35.5 4.7 41.5 5.5 47.5 6.3 59.5 7.9 71.5 9.5 95.5 12.7 List Price $15.70 17.80 20.00 25.00 29.00 38.00 Low Profile Shelf Supports Cat. No. Capacity DRS-1214 ♦ DRS-1514 ♦ DRS-1814 ♦ DRS-2414 ♦ DRS-3014 ♦ DRS-3614 ♦ DRS-4214 ♦ DRS-4814 ♦ DRS-3611 ♦ DRS-4211 ♦ DRS-4811 ♦ 24 BOLTLESS SHELVING Load Length D Capacity 14-Gauge 600 11.5 27/32 600 14.5 27/32 600 17.5 27/32 600 23.5 27/32 600 29.5 27/32 600 35.5 27/32 550 41.5 27/32 500 47.5 27/32 11-Gauge 850 35.5 27/32 800 41.5 27/32 750 47.5 27/32 H Wt. List Price 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 .5 .7 .9 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.3 $2.70 3.10 3.50 3.70 4.50 5.20 5.90 6.60 11/8 11/8 11/8 2.8 3.2 3.7 8.70 9.30 10.20 SDS-12 ♦ SDS-15 ♦ SDS-16 SDS-18 ♦ SDS-24 ♦ SDS-30 ♦ SDS-32 SDS-36 ♦ SDS-42 SDS-48 ♦ W D H Wt. /8 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 12 15 16 18 24 30 32 36 42 48 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.5 2.8 3.3 3.8 7 7 RXHS-3618 ♦ RXHS-3624 ♦ RXHS-4818 ♦ RXHS-4824 ♦ RXHS-6024 ♦ RXHS-7224 ♦ RXHS-7236 ♦ RXHS-9624 ♦ RXHS-9636 ♦ 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 2600 2600 W D H Wt. 36 36 48 48 60 72 72 36 36 48 48 60 72 72 96 96 36 36 48 48 60 72 72 96 96 18 24 18 24 24 24 36 18 24 18 24 24 24 36 24 36 18 24 18 24 24 24 36 24 36 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 147 202 181 214 255 305 415 151 206 185 218 259 309 419 413 560 155 210 189 222 263 313 424 417 565 List Price $510.00 574.00 611.00 683.00 813.00 980.00 1,333.00 522.00 586.00 623.00 695.00 825.00 992.00 1,344.00 1,394.00 1,760.00 534.00 598.00 635.00 707.00 837.00 1,004.00 1,356.00 1,407.00 1,773.00 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 25 32 32 40 47 57 79 78 108 89.00 99.00 107.00 121.00 149.00 179.00 254.00 266.00 339.00 Extra Shelves 36 18 36 24 48 18 48 24 60 24 72 24 72 36 96 24 96 36 Note: Overall unit capacity 11,000 lbs; 5 shelves included per unit. Front-To-Back Deck Supports (Use with LRA & LRC Supports) Cat. No. RXHS-361872 ♦ RXHS-362472 ♦ RXHS-481872 ♦ RXHS-482472 ♦ RXHS-602472 ♦ RXHS-722472 ♦ RXHS-723672 ♦ RXHS-361884 ♦ RXHS-362484 ♦ RXHS-481884 ♦ RXHS-482484 ♦ RXHS-602484 ♦ RXHS-722484 ♦ RXHS-723684 ♦ RXHS-962484 ♦ RXHS-963684 ♦ RXHS-361896 ♦ RXHS-362496 ♦ RXHS-481896 ♦ RXHS-482496 ♦ RXHS-602496 ♦ RXHS-722496 ♦ RXHS-723696 ♦ RXHS-962496 ♦ RXHS-963696 ♦ Shelf Capacity (lbs.) 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 2600 2600 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 2600 2600 List Price $3.00 3.50 4.20 4.20 5.10 6.50 7.30 7.30 9.60 9.60 TOOL & DIE RACK 33 Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets & Foreman’s Desk Foreman’s Desks provide a convenient yet sturdy writing surface, ideal for the industrial workplace, businesses, schools and institutions. Choose from Open Style, Closed Style and Wall Mounted. Optional Door Sets include easy opening metal recessed handle with lock to protect and secure shelving contents. Z-Line Shelving Components: Decking and Steel Shelves Please Note Standard Color: Medium Grey Choose from three great options for shelf decking: industrial grade 5/8" particle board decking, wire decking or steel shelves. Please Note Standard Colors: Wire decking and steel shelves available in Medium Grey only. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey. Box rails available in Sand only. Particle Board Decking is available in Natural only. QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Wire Decking Cat. No. Particle Board Decking ILU-3637 HD-3637* HD-3687* (HDS unit shown) Ledge Unit and Door Sets for Q-Line Shelving Hinged Door Units (With 7 Openings) - Assembly required. Cat. No. W ILU-3637 ♦ 36 HD-3637RH ♦ HD-3687RH ♦ 36 36 D H Ledge Unit* 12 39 Door Sets* 39 87 Wt. List Price 45 $148.00 28 63 235.00 326.00 Cat No. W D H Wt. HDS-8712RH ♦ 36 12* 87 172 HDS-8718RH ♦ 36 18* 87 197 HDS-8724RH ♦ 36 24* 87 221 List Price 669.00 736.00 802.00 * Depth does not include 11/4" depth of door frame. * Note: Shelving units sold separately. SR-59 Foreman's Desk - Assembly required. SR-57 SR-58 32 FOREMAN'S DESK & LEDGE UNITS Cat. No. W SR-57 ♦ 341/2 SR-58 ♦ 341/2 SR-59 ♦ 341/2 D H Open Style 29 53 Closed Style 29 53 Wall Mounted 29 Wt. List Price 97 $484.00 155 772.00 83 493.00 Cat. No. W D PB-3612 ♦ PB-3615 ♦ PB-3618 ♦ PB-3624 ♦ PB-3630 ♦ PB-3636 ♦ PB-4212 ♦ PB-4215 ♦ PB-4218 ♦ PB-4224 ♦ PB-4230 ♦ PB-4236 ♦ PB-4812 ♦ PB-4815 ♦ PB-4818 ♦ PB-4824 ♦ PB-4830 ♦ PB-4836 ♦ PB-4842 ♦ PB-4848 ♦ PB-6024 ♦ PB-6030 ♦ PB-6036 ♦ PB-6048 ♦ PB-6915 ♦ PB-6930 ♦ PB-7224 ♦ PB-7230 ♦ PB-7236 ♦ PB-7248 ♦ PB-8424 ♦ PB-8430 ♦ PB-8436 ♦ PB-8448 ♦ PB-9624 ♦ PB-9630 ♦ PB-9636 ♦ PB-9648 ♦ 36 36 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 69 69 72 72 72 72 84 84 84 84 96 96 96 96 12 15 18 24 30 36 12 15 18 24 30 36 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48 24 30 36 48 15 30 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 H Wt. /8 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 7.5 9.4 11.3 15 18.8 22.5 8.8 10.9 13.1 17.5 21.9 26.3 10 12.5 15 20 25 31 35 40 25 31.3 37.5 50 18 35.9 30 37.5 45 60 35 50 52.5 70 44 50 60 80 5 5 List Price $6.00 6.60 9.00 12.00 15.10 18.00 7.60 8.20 10.80 14.20 16.70 20.00 8.10 10.00 12.00 14.70 19.90 22.00 34.00 32.00 20.00 24.00 30.00 38.00 14.00 34.00 26.00 28.00 36.00 47.00 32.00 37.00 48.00 63.00 32.00 37.00 48.00 63.00 ZWD-3612 ZWD-3618 ♦ ZWD-3624 ♦ ZWD-3636 ♦ ZWD-4218 ZWD-4224 ZWD-4230 ZWD-4236 ZWD-4812 ZWD-4815 ZWD-4818 ♦ ZWD-4824 ♦ ZWD-4836 ♦ ZWD-4848 ZWD-6024 ZWD-6036 ZWD-6048 ZWD-6930 ZWD-7224 ZWD-7236 ZWD-7248 ZWD-9624 ♦ ZWD-9630 ♦ ZWD-9648 W D 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 69 72 72 72 96 96 96 12 18 24 36 18 24 30 36 12 15 18 24 36 48 24 36 48 30 24 36 48 24 30 48 H Wt. /16 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 4 6 8 12 7.1 9.3 11.7 14.2 5.4 7 8 10.7 16 21 13.3 20 27 19.2 16 24 32 21 32 42 H Wt. 5 5 List Price $23.00 28.00 36.00 49.00 41.00 46.00 52.00 52.00 26.00 40.00 32.00 42.00 59.00 85.00 70.00 83.00 116.00 78.00 64.00 89.00 99.00 84.00 118.00 170.00 Note: 96" Decking comes in two pieces. Steel Shelves Cat. No. ZMS-3612 ♦ ZMS-3618 ♦ ZMS-3624 ♦ ZMS-3636 ♦ ZMS-4212 ♦ ZMS-4218 ♦ ZMS-4224 ♦ ZMS-4236 ♦ ZMS-4812 ♦ ZMS-4818 ♦ ZMS-4824 ♦ ZMS-4836 ♦ ZSC-1 ♦ W D 12 15/16 6.7 36 36 18 15/16 8.8 36 24 15/16 10.9 36 36 15/16 17.9 42 12 15/16 7.7 42 18 15/16 10.1 42 24 15/16 12.5 42 36 15/16 21 48 12 15/16 8.7 48 18 15/16 11.4 48 24 15/16 14.1 48 36 15/16 23 Replacement Shelf Clips .1 List Price $23.00 28.00 34.00 64.00 29.00 36.00 43.00 70.00 29.00 36.00 43.00 77.00 .87 BOLTLESS SHELVING 25 Z-Line Shelving Components: Aisle/Wall Ties, Hang Rods & Accessories Z-Line provides versatility with a variety of accessories to design shelving configurations to fit your every need. Aisle and Wall ties provide stability where you need it the most. Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Shelf Box: Shale grey only QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Shelves (22 Gauge) Cross Aisle Ties Cat. No. W D H Wt. CAT-18 ♦ CAT-24 CAT-30 CAT-36 ♦ CAT-42 CAT-48 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 18 24 30 36 42 48 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.8 3.3 3.8 Adjustable Aisle Tie List Price $10.00 11.00 13.30 14.20 15.70 20.00 Cat. No. Cat No. W KCAT-1 ♦ D 3 H * Wt. 1 6.0 List Price $26.00 * Depth adjusts from 36" to 60". Soft Top Edge Caps Cat. No. EURPC ♦ ZTPPC ♦ SURPC ♦ Fits W D H EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 7/16 ZTP uprights 37/16 2 7/16 SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 7/16 Wt. .1 .1 .1 List Price $ .88 1.30 .85 Nylon Protective Caps available in black only. Hard Nylon Foot Caps Cat. No. Wall Tie Cat. No. WT-9 ♦ W D H Wt. 91/4 13/8 23/8 .7 List Price $4.90 ZTPNF SURNF EURNF EURNF ♦ ZTPNF ♦ SURNF ♦ Fits W D EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 ZTP uprights 37/16 2 SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 H Wt. /4 3 /4 3 /4 .1 .2 .2 H Wt. /16 /16 12.8 13.0 3 List Price $ .80 1.30 1.10 Nylon Protective Caps available in black only. Z-Line Caster Kit Cat. No. Hang Rods For DRS Supports Cat. No. ZHR-36 ♦ ZHR-48 ♦ W 363/16 483/16 D /8 /8 7 7 H 11/16 11/16 Wt. 2.3 3.1 List Price $7.60 9.70 ZLCK-1 ZLCK-2 Fits 2 fixed, 2 swivel 4 swivel W D 11/2 11/2 37/16 2 7 7 List Price $132.00 135.00 Cap. W Q2-3612 ♦ 750 Q2-3615 ♦ 750 Q2-3618 ♦ 750 Q2-3624 ♦ 700 Q2-3630* ♦ 600 Q2-4212 ♦ 600 Q2-4215 ♦ 600 Q2-4218 ♦ 600 Q2-4224 ♦ 550 Q2-4230* ♦ 500 Q2-4812 ♦ Q2-4815 ♦ Q2-4818 ♦ Q2-4824 ♦ Q2-4830* ♦ 500 500 500 450 400 Shelves (20 Gauge) D H 36" Wide 36 12 15/16 36 15 15/16 36 18 15/16 36 24 15/16 36 30 15/16 42" Wide 42 12 15/16 42 15 15/16 42 18 15/16 42 24 15/16 42 30 15/16 48" Wide 48 12 15/16 48 15 15/16 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 48 30 15/16 Wt. List Price 6.7 7.8 8.8 10.9 12.9 $22.00 28.00 27.00 33.00 47.00 7.7 8.9 10.1 12.5 14.8 28.00 34.00 35.00 42.00 52.00 8.7 10.1 11.4 14.1 16.7 28.00 36.00 35.00 42.00 61.00 4 shelf clips per shelf included. *Note: Quantities less than 250. Please add $300 list set-up charge Cat No. Q-3612 ♦ 1000 Q-3615* ♦ 900 Q-3618 ♦ 850 Q-3624 ♦ 800 Q-3630* ♦ 800 Q-3636* ♦ 600 Q-4212* Q-4215* Q-4218 ♦ Q-4224 ♦ Q-4230* Q-4236* 800 700 650 650 600 550 Q-4812 ♦ Q-4815* Q-4818 ♦ Q-4824 ♦ Q-4830* Q-4836* ♦ 650 600 550 550 500 450 Cat. No. TP-1 ♦ End Sway Braces W D H Wt. 3 - 23/4 .2 List Price $1.50 Anchor Plate Cat. No. W D H Wt. ZFA-1 ♦ 13/8 11/2 23/8 .2 List Price $2.70 H Wt. PHR-36 ♦ PHR-48 ♦ 361/4 481/4 15/16 15/16 11/16 11/16 2.9 3.8 List Price $8.70 11.10 Cat No. Shelf Depth ESB-1224 ♦ 12" to 24" ESB-3036 ♦ 30" to 36" Cat No. RSBU ♦ RSB-48 ♦ Cat No. FP-1 Post Splice Angle Cat. No. PSA-2 Shelf Width 36" to 42" 48" Wt. 2.4 3.1 List Price 8 9.3 10.5 13 15.4 17.9 $25.00 32.00 32.00 39.00 53.00 63.00 9.2 10.6 12 14.9 17.7 21 31.00 39.00 39.00 48.00 59.00 69.00 10.4 12 13.6 16.8 19.9 23 32.00 43.00 40.00 49.00 66.00 76.00 Cat No. Cap. W D H 36" Wide Q-3624-S* 1000 36 24 15/16 Q-3630-S* 1000 36 30 15/16 Q-3636-S* 750 36 36 15/16 42" Wide Q-4224-S* 800 42 24 15/16 Q-4230-S* 750 42 30 15/16 Q-4236-S* 700 42 36 15/16 48" Wide Q-4824-S* 700 48 24 15/16 Q-4830-S* 650 48 30 15/16 Q-4836-S* 600 48 36 15/16 Wt. List Price 15.4 $57.00 18.1 72.00 21 84.00 17.6 21 24 67.00 80.00 91.00 19.8 23 27 74.00 87.00 98.00 4 shelf clips per shelf included. Shelves are made from Box Form construction with closed welded corners. List Price $8.10 9.50 W D H Wt. 19/16 19/16 61/2 1.1 List Price $6.70 Cat No. W FBS-362 ♦ 36 FBS-422 ♦ 42 FBS-482 ♦ 48 D H Wt. /2 1 7/8 1.2 1 /2 1 7/8 1.5 1 /2 1 7/8 1.7 1 List Price $7.30 7.80 8.40 Shelf Boxes Wt. 3.2 3.7 W D H Wt. 11/ 2 1/16 21/4 0.1 Used to secure uprights to the floor. Use 1 per Angle Post; use 2 per ZTP Post. 26 BOLTLESS SHELVING 36" Wide 36 12 15/16 36 15 15/16 36 18 15/16 36 24 15/16 36 30 15/16 36 36 15/16 42" Wide 42 12 15/16 42 15 15/16 42 18 15/16 42 24 15/16 42 30 15/16 42 36 15/16 48" Wide 48 12 15/16 48 15 15/16 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 48 30 15/16 48 36 15/16 Wt. Front Base Strips List Price $10.10 10.50 Foot Plate Clothing Hang Rods For LRA or LRC Supports D H 4 shelf clips per shelf included. - Assembly required. Rear Sway Braces W Shelves with Stiffeners D Maximum unit size is 60" w x 30" d. Tie Plate Cat. No. Cap. W List Price $.74 Cat No. BX-512 BX-518 BX-812 BX-818 BX-1112 BX-1118 W D H Wt. 5 5/8 11 4 9/16 2.5 5 5/8 17 4 9/16 3.3 8 3/8 11 4 9/16 3.5 8 3/8 17 4 9/16 4.3 11 1/4 11 4 9/16 4.5 11 1/4 17 4 9/16 5.3 Shelf Box Dividers* BXD-5 ♦ 5 3/16 1/32 4 1/2 0.2 BXD-8 ♦ 8 1/32 4 1/2 0.3 BXD-11 ♦ 10 7/8 1/32 4 1/2 0.4 List Price $14.00 17.10 16.70 19.80 20.00 25.00 1.00 1.30 1.70 * Dividers are galvanized, not painted. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 31 Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components Create your own custom shelving system to fit your specific requirements. It's simple: 1. Choose the posts that meet your needs. (Page 30) 2. Select the desired shelves for your unit. (Page 31) 3. Choose braces or closed panels. (Page 30 & 31) 4. Add optional panels and doors. (Page 30 & 32) Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks Automotive Shelving is specifically designed for efficiently storing automotive parts. Shelves can be reconfigured easily by simply sliding out from the front and repositioning in 11/2" increments without tools, clips or extra hardware. Each unit can be customized to create individual spaces or use handy bin boxes for small or loose parts. Use solid end panels for a smooth, finished appearance. Z-Line Tire Rack conveniently stores tires for easy access and display. Uses vertical height to maximize available floor space. Available in single or double entry units. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey - Assembly required. Uprights (Sold as pairs) Cat No. Offset Angle Post Cat No. W OAP-39 OAP-48 OAP-51 OAP-75 ♦ OAP-84 ♦ OAP-87 ♦ OAP-99 ♦ OAP-108 OAP-111 ♦ OAP-123 ♦ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D H 17/8 39 17/8 48 17/8 51 17/8 75 17/8 84 17/8 87 17/8 99 17/8 108 17/8 111 17/8 123 Wt. List Price 2.4 $6.70 2.9 8.10 3.1 8.70 4.6 12.30 5.1 13.60 5.3 14.00 6.0 16.10 6.8 20.00 6.8 18.10 7.5 20.00 Cat No. BTP-75 ♦ BTP-84 ♦ BTP-87 ♦ P-1242 P-1284 P-1296 Heavy Duty Beaded Post Beaded Post W D /8 /8 3 /8 17/8 17/8 17/8 3 3 H Wt. List Price 75 5.3 $17.90 84 5.9 20.00 87 6.1 20.00 Cat No. W HBP-75 HBP-84 ♦ HBP-87 ♦ HBP-99 ♦ HBP-111 HBP-123 All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 3,500 lbs. (2 BTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less. D /4 /4 3 /4 3 /4 3 /4 3 /4 H 27/8 75 27/8 84 27/8 87 27/8 99 27/8 111 27/8 123 3 3 Wt. List Price 8.4 $36.00 9.4 38.00 9.8 38.00 11.1 40.00 12.5 45.00 13.9 49.00 All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (2 HTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less. BP-3639 BP-3648 BP-3651 ♦ BP-3675 ♦ BP-3684 ♦ BP-3687 ♦ Wt. 36" Wide 39 9.8 48 12.1 51 12.9 75 18.9 84 21 87 22 List Price Cat No. $36.00 42.00 44.00 62.00 69.00 73.00 BP-4239 BP-4248 BP-4251 BP-4275 BP-4284 ♦ BP-4287 ♦ H Wt. 42" Wide* 39 11.8 48 14.5 51 15.4 75 23 84 25 87 26 List Price $45.00 52.00 56.00 77.00 86.00 88.00 *NOTE: 42" backs consist of two pieces. Cat No. H Wt. EP-1239 EP-1248 EP-1251 ♦ EP-1275 ♦ EP-1284 ♦ EP-1287 ♦ EP-1539 EP-1548 EP-1551 ♦ EP-1575 ♦ EP-1584 ♦ EP-1587 ♦ EP-1839 EP-1848 EP-1851 ♦ EP-1875 ♦ EP-1884 ♦ EP-1887 ♦ 30 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING H 12” Deep 39 48 51 75 84 87 15” Deep 39 48 51 75 84 87 18” Deep 39 48 51 75 84 87 Wt. List Price 2.7 $11.00 3.3 13.70 3.5 14.40 5.1 19.70 5.7 22.00 6 20.00 Cat No. EP-2439 EP-2448 EP-2451 ♦ EP-2475 ♦ EP-2484 ♦ EP-2487 ♦ 3.7 4.5 4.8 7.1 7.9 8.2 $14.20 16.50 17.30 24.00 27.00 27.00 EP-3039 EP-3048 EP-3051 EP-3075 EP-3084 EP-3087 4.5 5.5 5.9 8.6 9.6 10 16.90 19.80 21.00 29.00 33.00 33.00 EP-3639 EP-3648 EP-3651 EP-3675 EP-3684 EP-3687 H Wt. 24” Deep 39 6.8 48 7.5 51 8 75 11.7 84 13.1 87 13.6 30” Deep 39 7.9 48 9.7 51 10.3 75 15.2 84 17 87 17.6 36” Deep 39 9.8 48 12.1 51 12.9 75 18.9 84 21 87 22 30.00 36.00 39.00 55.00 61.00 63.00 P-30 P-45 P-60 3 12 3 3 12 41/2 3 12 6 Bin Boxes Cat No. List Price 0.7 $7.30 0.9 7.80 1.0 7.70 W D H Wt. List Price Bin Box 51/2 12 31/4 2 $22.00 Bin Box Divider 53/16 1/32 29/16 .1 1.20 P-55 Label Holders Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price Short Width - Use Between Dividers P-3 3 - /4 3 .1 $ .74 .3 2.30 Full Shelf-Width Cat No. W D H Wt. P-42E P-84E P-96E W D H Wt. List Price 11/16 123/32 42 11 $30.00 11/16 123/32 84 22 60.00 11/16 123/32 96 25 72.00 P-38 351/4 11 /64 7/8 Fastener For Full Shelf-Width Holders P-38F - - - .1 .11 Tops, Bottoms, Shelves Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price Top P-1238 377/8 121/8 11/8 6.3 $24.00 Bottom P-12B 36 117/8 31/16 7 25.00 Shelf P-12 357/8 117/8 7/8 6 16.00 Pre-Configured Shelving Units Cat No. W P-S84 P-8417 P-8401 P-8411 List Price 25.00 30.00 33.00 46.00 51.00 53.00 Wt. End Panels (Sold in pairs) *NOTE: 48" backs consist of two pieces. 38 38 38 38 D 12 12 12 12 H Wt. 84 78 84 396 84 114 84 150 List Price $244.00 2,892.00 340.00 436.00 Units include back but no end panels. Order end panels separately to provide flush finished ends for row. Dimensions shown are outside dimensions. 22.00 26.00 26.00 39.00 44.00 42.00 H When placing units back to back (as in a double-face application), units may share a common back. - Assembly required. Tire Racks Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand P-55D List Price 3 P-3842 37 /412 42 17.3 $51.00 P-3884 373/412 84 32.9 93.00 P-3896 373/412 96 37.6 108.00 End Panels Cat No. List Price 12 42 16.0 $61.00 12 84 31.8 102.00 12 96 36.0 113.00 D Wt. W Cat No. List Price 48" Wide* 39 14 $50.00 48 17 59.00 51 18.1 63.00 75 27 86.00 84 30 96.00 87 31 95.00 BP-4839 BP-4848 BP-4851 ♦ BP-4875 ♦ BP-4884 ♦ BP-4887 ♦ 15 H Cat No. Backs Back Panels H /16 /16 15 /16 15 D Sliding Dividers All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (1250 lbs. per post) per unit, based 24" centers or less. Cat No. W Please Note Automotive Shelving Standard Colors: Medium Grey P-S84 P-8401 P-8411 P-8417 Tire Rack - Assembly required. Bin Dividers Cat No. D H BD-1209 ♦ BD-1212 ♦ BD-1809 BD-1812 ♦ BD-2409* BD-2412 12 12 18 18 24 24 9 12 9 12 9 12 Wt. List Price 1 $4.70 1.3 7.10 1.5 6.50 2 8.00 1.9 10.20 2.7 11.80 * If ordering less than 250 pieces, add $300 to list price. (includes set-up change) National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 Number of Openings Tire Starter Capacity W D H 60 60 60 60 21* 21* 21* 21* 60 84 120 144 2 3 4 5 16 24 32 40 60 60 60 60 42* 42* 42* 42* 60 84 120 144 4 6 8 10 32 48 64 80 Cat.No. Wt. List Price Single Entry ZST-6060S ♦ 49 $130.00 ZST-6084S ♦ 54 174.00 ZST-60120S ♦ 76 253.00 ZST-60144S ♦ 104 341.00 Double Entry ZDT-6060S ♦ 81 281.00 ZDT-6084S ♦ 110 369.00 ZDT-60120S ♦ 149 488.00 ZDT-60144S ♦ 205 664.00 Cat.No. Add-On Wt. Single Entry ZST-6060A ♦ 35 ZST-6084A ♦ 50 ZST-60120A ♦ 69 ZST-60144A ♦ 95 Double Entry ZDT-6060A ♦ 96 ZDT-6084A ♦ 106 ZDT-60120A ♦ 144 ZDT-60144A ♦ 199 List Price $115.00 160.00 226.00 306.00 263.00 352.00 472.00 648.00 NOTE: Single Entry units must be tied to wall. *Single Entry units include one 12” deep unit and one 9” wall tie. Double Entry units include two 12” deep units and one 18” deep cross aisle tie. AUTOMOTIVE SHELVING 27 Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Pre-configured Units Cat No. Starter Units Q-Line Open Style Starter Units W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves QOH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 69 $207.00 QOH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 82 242.00 QOH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 94 277.00 QOH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 82 242.00 98 282.00 QOH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 QOH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 327.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QOH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 77 232.00 QOH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 92 274.00 QOH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 107 316.00 QOH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 92 274.00 QOH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 111 322.00 QOH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 131 376.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QOH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 85 257.00 QOH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 103 306.00 QOH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 120 355.00 QOH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 103 306.00 QOH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 125 362.00 QOH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 147 425.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QOH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 93 282.00 QOH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 113 338.00 QOH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 133 394.00 QOH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 113 338.00 QOH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 139 402.00 QOH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 474.00 Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves 63 $191.00 QO5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 QO5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 73 217.00 QO5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 84 247.00 73 222.00 QO5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 QO5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 87 257.00 QO5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 100 292.00 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QO6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 69 213.00 82 244.00 QO6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 QO6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 95 280.00 QO6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 82 250.00 QO6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 98 292.00 QO6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 334.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QO7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 76 234.00 QO7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 91 271.00 QO7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 106 313.00 90 278.00 QO7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 QO7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 109 327.00 QO7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 128 376.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QO8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 83 256.00 QO8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 100 298.00 QO8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 116 346.00 99 306.00 QO8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 QO8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 121 362.00 QO8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 143 418.00 Q-Line Closed Style Pre-Configured Units are designed to store small or fragile items that need to be protected. Closed Style units utilize steel back and side panels to help prevent items from accidentally falling off. Heavy-duty shelves with box beam construction offer load-bearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32). Assembly Required. Q-Line Closed Style Starter Units Cat No. Starter Units Q-Line Open Style Pre-Configured Units are designed for those storage applications that demand strength and versatility. Open Style units are perfect for storing packaged items, containers and tools. Heavy-duty shelves with welded box form construction offer loadbearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32). Assembly Required. Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Pre-configured Units Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 side braces, 1 back brace and shelves. Adder Units National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves 62 $191.00 QOH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 QOH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 75 226.00 QOH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 87 261.00 QOH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 75 226.00 QOH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 91 266.00 QOH5-4824AB 48 24 87 107 311.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QOH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 70 216.00 QOH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 85 258.00 QOH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 100 300.00 QOH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 85 258.00 QOH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 104 306.00 QOH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 124 360.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QOH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 78 241.00 QOH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 96 290.00 QOH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 113 339.00 QOH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 96 290.00 QOH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 118 346.00 QOH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 140 409.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QOH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 86 266.00 QOH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 106 322.00 QOH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 123 367.00 QOH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 322.00 QOH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 132 386.00 QOH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 157 458.00 Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves QO5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 56 $175.00 QO5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 66 201.00 QO5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 77 231.00 QO5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 66 206.00 QO5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 80 241.00 93 276.00 QO5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QO6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 62 195.00 QO6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 75 228.00 QO6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 88 264.00 QO6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 75 234.00 QO6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 91 276.00 QO6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 107 318.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QO7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 69 218.00 QO7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 84 255.00 QO7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 99 297.00 QO7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 84 262.00 QO7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 103 311.00 QO7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 122 360.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QO8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 76 240.00 QO8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 93 282.00 QO8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 116 350.00 QO8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 92 290.00 QO8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 114 346.00 QO8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 136 402.00 Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side brace, 1 back brace and shelves. 28 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves QC5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 89 $278.00 QC5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 107 330.00 QC5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 125 378.00 QC5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 108 331.00 QC5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 129 392.00 QC5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 150 445.00 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QC6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 95 299.00 QC6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 357.00 QC6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 136 411.00 QC6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 359.00 QC6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 141 427.00 QC6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 487.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QC7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 102 321.00 QC7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 125 383.00 QC7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 147 443.00 QC7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 125 386.00 QC7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 152 461.00 QC7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 178 528.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QC8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 109 343.00 QC8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 134 410.00 QC8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 158 476.00 QC8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 134 414.00 QC8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 163 496.00 QC8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 192 570.00 Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 sides, 1 back and shelves. Q-Line Closed Style Adder Units Cat No. Adder Units Cat No. Q-Line Open Style Adder Units W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves QCH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 95 $294.00 QCH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 355.00 QCH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 135 408.00 QCH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 351.00 QCH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 140 417.00 QCH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 163 480.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QCH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 103 319.00 QCH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 126 387.00 QCH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 148 447.00 QCH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 127 383.00 QCH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 154 457.00 QCH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 180 529.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QCH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 111 343.00 QCH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 137 418.00 QCH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 161 485.00 QCH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 137 414.00 QCH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 167 496.00 QCH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 197 577.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QCH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 119 368.00 QCH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 147 450.00 QCH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 174 524.00 QCH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 147 446.00 QCH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 181 536.00 QCH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 214 626.00 Please Note National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves QCH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 $266.00 QCH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 101 314.00 QCH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 117 358.00 QCH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 323.00 QCH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 376.00 QCH5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 145 430.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QCH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 93 291.00 QCH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 112 346.00 QCH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 130 397.00 QCH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 116 355.00 QCH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 139 416.00 QCH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 162 479.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QCH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 101 315.00 QCH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 122 377.00 QCH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 143 435.00 QCH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 127 386.00 QCH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 153 455.00 QCH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 179 527.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QCH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 109 340.00 QCH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 133 409.00 QCH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 156 474.00 QCH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 137 418.00 QCH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 167 495.00 QCH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 196 576.00 Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves QC5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 78 $250.00 QC5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 93 289.00 QC5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 107 328.00 QC5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 97 303.00 QC5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 115 351.00 QC5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 132 395.00 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QC6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 271.00 QC6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 102 316.00 QC6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 118 361.00 QC6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 331.00 QC6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 386.00 QC6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 146 437.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QC7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 92 293.00 QC7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 110 342.00 QC7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 129 393.00 QC7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 115 358.00 QC7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 138 420.00 QC7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 160 478.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QC8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 98 315.00 QC8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 119 369.00 QC8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 140 426.00 QC8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 123 386.00 QC8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 149 455.00 QC8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 174 520.00 Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side, 1 back and shelves. INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 29 Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Pre-configured Units Cat No. Starter Units Q-Line Open Style Starter Units W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves QOH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 69 $207.00 QOH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 82 242.00 QOH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 94 277.00 QOH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 82 242.00 98 282.00 QOH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 QOH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 327.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QOH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 77 232.00 QOH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 92 274.00 QOH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 107 316.00 QOH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 92 274.00 QOH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 111 322.00 QOH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 131 376.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QOH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 85 257.00 QOH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 103 306.00 QOH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 120 355.00 QOH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 103 306.00 QOH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 125 362.00 QOH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 147 425.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QOH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 93 282.00 QOH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 113 338.00 QOH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 133 394.00 QOH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 113 338.00 QOH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 139 402.00 QOH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 474.00 Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves 63 $191.00 QO5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 QO5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 73 217.00 QO5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 84 247.00 73 222.00 QO5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 QO5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 87 257.00 QO5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 100 292.00 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QO6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 69 213.00 82 244.00 QO6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 QO6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 95 280.00 QO6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 82 250.00 QO6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 98 292.00 QO6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 334.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QO7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 76 234.00 QO7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 91 271.00 QO7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 106 313.00 90 278.00 QO7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 QO7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 109 327.00 QO7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 128 376.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QO8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 83 256.00 QO8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 100 298.00 QO8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 116 346.00 99 306.00 QO8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 QO8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 121 362.00 QO8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 143 418.00 Q-Line Closed Style Pre-Configured Units are designed to store small or fragile items that need to be protected. Closed Style units utilize steel back and side panels to help prevent items from accidentally falling off. Heavy-duty shelves with box beam construction offer load-bearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32). Assembly Required. Q-Line Closed Style Starter Units Cat No. Starter Units Q-Line Open Style Pre-Configured Units are designed for those storage applications that demand strength and versatility. Open Style units are perfect for storing packaged items, containers and tools. Heavy-duty shelves with welded box form construction offer loadbearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32). Assembly Required. Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Pre-configured Units Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 side braces, 1 back brace and shelves. Adder Units National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves 62 $191.00 QOH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 QOH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 75 226.00 QOH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 87 261.00 QOH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 75 226.00 QOH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 91 266.00 QOH5-4824AB 48 24 87 107 311.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QOH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 70 216.00 QOH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 85 258.00 QOH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 100 300.00 QOH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 85 258.00 QOH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 104 306.00 QOH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 124 360.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QOH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 78 241.00 QOH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 96 290.00 QOH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 113 339.00 QOH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 96 290.00 QOH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 118 346.00 QOH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 140 409.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QOH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 86 266.00 QOH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 106 322.00 QOH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 123 367.00 QOH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 322.00 QOH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 132 386.00 QOH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 157 458.00 Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves QO5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 56 $175.00 QO5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 66 201.00 QO5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 77 231.00 QO5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 66 206.00 QO5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 80 241.00 93 276.00 QO5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QO6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 62 195.00 QO6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 75 228.00 QO6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 88 264.00 QO6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 75 234.00 QO6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 91 276.00 QO6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 107 318.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QO7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 69 218.00 QO7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 84 255.00 QO7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 99 297.00 QO7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 84 262.00 QO7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 103 311.00 QO7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 122 360.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QO8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 76 240.00 QO8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 93 282.00 QO8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 116 350.00 QO8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 92 290.00 QO8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 114 346.00 QO8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 136 402.00 Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side brace, 1 back brace and shelves. 28 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves QC5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 89 $278.00 QC5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 107 330.00 QC5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 125 378.00 QC5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 108 331.00 QC5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 129 392.00 QC5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 150 445.00 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QC6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 95 299.00 QC6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 357.00 QC6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 136 411.00 QC6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 359.00 QC6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 141 427.00 QC6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 487.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QC7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 102 321.00 QC7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 125 383.00 QC7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 147 443.00 QC7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 125 386.00 QC7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 152 461.00 QC7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 178 528.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QC8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 109 343.00 QC8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 134 410.00 QC8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 158 476.00 QC8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 134 414.00 QC8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 163 496.00 QC8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 192 570.00 Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 sides, 1 back and shelves. Q-Line Closed Style Adder Units Cat No. Adder Units Cat No. Q-Line Open Style Adder Units W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves QCH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 95 $294.00 QCH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 355.00 QCH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 135 408.00 QCH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 351.00 QCH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 140 417.00 QCH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 163 480.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QCH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 103 319.00 QCH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 126 387.00 QCH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 148 447.00 QCH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 127 383.00 QCH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 154 457.00 QCH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 180 529.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QCH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 111 343.00 QCH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 137 418.00 QCH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 161 485.00 QCH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 137 414.00 QCH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 167 496.00 QCH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 197 577.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QCH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 119 368.00 QCH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 147 450.00 QCH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 174 524.00 QCH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 147 446.00 QCH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 181 536.00 QCH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 214 626.00 Please Note National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W D H Wt. List Price 20 Gauge 5 Shelves QCH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 $266.00 QCH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 101 314.00 QCH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 117 358.00 QCH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 323.00 QCH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 376.00 QCH5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 145 430.00 20 Gauge 6 Shelves QCH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 93 291.00 QCH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 112 346.00 QCH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 130 397.00 QCH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 116 355.00 QCH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 139 416.00 QCH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 162 479.00 20 Gauge 7 Shelves QCH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 101 315.00 QCH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 122 377.00 QCH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 143 435.00 QCH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 127 386.00 QCH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 153 455.00 QCH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 179 527.00 20 Gauge 8 Shelves QCH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 109 340.00 QCH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 133 409.00 QCH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 156 474.00 QCH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 137 418.00 QCH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 167 495.00 QCH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 196 576.00 Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price 22 Gauge 5 Shelves QC5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 78 $250.00 QC5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 93 289.00 QC5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 107 328.00 QC5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 97 303.00 QC5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 115 351.00 QC5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 132 395.00 22 Gauge 6 Shelves QC6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 271.00 QC6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 102 316.00 QC6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 118 361.00 QC6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 331.00 QC6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 386.00 QC6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 146 437.00 22 Gauge 7 Shelves QC7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 92 293.00 QC7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 110 342.00 QC7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 129 393.00 QC7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 115 358.00 QC7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 138 420.00 QC7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 160 478.00 22 Gauge 8 Shelves QC8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 98 315.00 QC8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 119 369.00 QC8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 140 426.00 QC8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 123 386.00 QC8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 149 455.00 QC8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 174 520.00 Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side, 1 back and shelves. INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 29 Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components Create your own custom shelving system to fit your specific requirements. It's simple: 1. Choose the posts that meet your needs. (Page 30) 2. Select the desired shelves for your unit. (Page 31) 3. Choose braces or closed panels. (Page 30 & 31) 4. Add optional panels and doors. (Page 30 & 32) Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks Automotive Shelving is specifically designed for efficiently storing automotive parts. Shelves can be reconfigured easily by simply sliding out from the front and repositioning in 11/2" increments without tools, clips or extra hardware. Each unit can be customized to create individual spaces or use handy bin boxes for small or loose parts. Use solid end panels for a smooth, finished appearance. Z-Line Tire Rack conveniently stores tires for easy access and display. Uses vertical height to maximize available floor space. Available in single or double entry units. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey - Assembly required. Uprights (Sold as pairs) Cat No. Offset Angle Post Cat No. W OAP-39 OAP-48 OAP-51 OAP-75 ♦ OAP-84 ♦ OAP-87 ♦ OAP-99 ♦ OAP-108 OAP-111 ♦ OAP-123 ♦ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D H 17/8 39 17/8 48 17/8 51 17/8 75 17/8 84 17/8 87 17/8 99 17/8 108 17/8 111 17/8 123 Wt. List Price 2.4 $6.70 2.9 8.10 3.1 8.70 4.6 12.30 5.1 13.60 5.3 14.00 6.0 16.10 6.8 20.00 6.8 18.10 7.5 20.00 Cat No. BTP-75 ♦ BTP-84 ♦ BTP-87 ♦ P-1242 P-1284 P-1296 Heavy Duty Beaded Post Beaded Post W D /8 /8 3 /8 17/8 17/8 17/8 3 3 H Wt. List Price 75 5.3 $17.90 84 5.9 20.00 87 6.1 20.00 Cat No. W HBP-75 HBP-84 ♦ HBP-87 ♦ HBP-99 ♦ HBP-111 HBP-123 All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 3,500 lbs. (2 BTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less. D /4 /4 3 /4 3 /4 3 /4 3 /4 H 27/8 75 27/8 84 27/8 87 27/8 99 27/8 111 27/8 123 3 3 Wt. List Price 8.4 $36.00 9.4 38.00 9.8 38.00 11.1 40.00 12.5 45.00 13.9 49.00 All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (2 HTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per unit, based 24" centers or less. BP-3639 BP-3648 BP-3651 ♦ BP-3675 ♦ BP-3684 ♦ BP-3687 ♦ Wt. 36" Wide 39 9.8 48 12.1 51 12.9 75 18.9 84 21 87 22 List Price Cat No. $36.00 42.00 44.00 62.00 69.00 73.00 BP-4239 BP-4248 BP-4251 BP-4275 BP-4284 ♦ BP-4287 ♦ H Wt. 42" Wide* 39 11.8 48 14.5 51 15.4 75 23 84 25 87 26 List Price $45.00 52.00 56.00 77.00 86.00 88.00 *NOTE: 42" backs consist of two pieces. Cat No. H Wt. EP-1239 EP-1248 EP-1251 ♦ EP-1275 ♦ EP-1284 ♦ EP-1287 ♦ EP-1539 EP-1548 EP-1551 ♦ EP-1575 ♦ EP-1584 ♦ EP-1587 ♦ EP-1839 EP-1848 EP-1851 ♦ EP-1875 ♦ EP-1884 ♦ EP-1887 ♦ 30 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING H 12” Deep 39 48 51 75 84 87 15” Deep 39 48 51 75 84 87 18” Deep 39 48 51 75 84 87 Wt. List Price 2.7 $11.00 3.3 13.70 3.5 14.40 5.1 19.70 5.7 22.00 6 20.00 Cat No. EP-2439 EP-2448 EP-2451 ♦ EP-2475 ♦ EP-2484 ♦ EP-2487 ♦ 3.7 4.5 4.8 7.1 7.9 8.2 $14.20 16.50 17.30 24.00 27.00 27.00 EP-3039 EP-3048 EP-3051 EP-3075 EP-3084 EP-3087 4.5 5.5 5.9 8.6 9.6 10 16.90 19.80 21.00 29.00 33.00 33.00 EP-3639 EP-3648 EP-3651 EP-3675 EP-3684 EP-3687 H Wt. 24” Deep 39 6.8 48 7.5 51 8 75 11.7 84 13.1 87 13.6 30” Deep 39 7.9 48 9.7 51 10.3 75 15.2 84 17 87 17.6 36” Deep 39 9.8 48 12.1 51 12.9 75 18.9 84 21 87 22 30.00 36.00 39.00 55.00 61.00 63.00 P-30 P-45 P-60 3 12 3 3 12 41/2 3 12 6 Bin Boxes Cat No. List Price 0.7 $7.30 0.9 7.80 1.0 7.70 W D H Wt. List Price Bin Box 51/2 12 31/4 2 $22.00 Bin Box Divider 53/16 1/32 29/16 .1 1.20 P-55 Label Holders Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price Short Width - Use Between Dividers P-3 3 - /4 3 .1 $ .74 .3 2.30 Full Shelf-Width Cat No. W D H Wt. P-42E P-84E P-96E W D H Wt. List Price 11/16 123/32 42 11 $30.00 11/16 123/32 84 22 60.00 11/16 123/32 96 25 72.00 P-38 351/4 11 /64 7/8 Fastener For Full Shelf-Width Holders P-38F - - - .1 .11 Tops, Bottoms, Shelves Cat No. W D H Wt. List Price Top P-1238 377/8 121/8 11/8 6.3 $24.00 Bottom P-12B 36 117/8 31/16 7 25.00 Shelf P-12 357/8 117/8 7/8 6 16.00 Pre-Configured Shelving Units Cat No. W P-S84 P-8417 P-8401 P-8411 List Price 25.00 30.00 33.00 46.00 51.00 53.00 Wt. End Panels (Sold in pairs) *NOTE: 48" backs consist of two pieces. 38 38 38 38 D 12 12 12 12 H Wt. 84 78 84 396 84 114 84 150 List Price $244.00 2,892.00 340.00 436.00 Units include back but no end panels. Order end panels separately to provide flush finished ends for row. Dimensions shown are outside dimensions. 22.00 26.00 26.00 39.00 44.00 42.00 H When placing units back to back (as in a double-face application), units may share a common back. - Assembly required. Tire Racks Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand P-55D List Price 3 P-3842 37 /412 42 17.3 $51.00 P-3884 373/412 84 32.9 93.00 P-3896 373/412 96 37.6 108.00 End Panels Cat No. List Price 12 42 16.0 $61.00 12 84 31.8 102.00 12 96 36.0 113.00 D Wt. W Cat No. List Price 48" Wide* 39 14 $50.00 48 17 59.00 51 18.1 63.00 75 27 86.00 84 30 96.00 87 31 95.00 BP-4839 BP-4848 BP-4851 ♦ BP-4875 ♦ BP-4884 ♦ BP-4887 ♦ 15 H Cat No. Backs Back Panels H /16 /16 15 /16 15 D Sliding Dividers All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to exceed 5,000 lbs. (1250 lbs. per post) per unit, based 24" centers or less. Cat No. W Please Note Automotive Shelving Standard Colors: Medium Grey P-S84 P-8401 P-8411 P-8417 Tire Rack - Assembly required. Bin Dividers Cat No. D H BD-1209 ♦ BD-1212 ♦ BD-1809 BD-1812 ♦ BD-2409* BD-2412 12 12 18 18 24 24 9 12 9 12 9 12 Wt. List Price 1 $4.70 1.3 7.10 1.5 6.50 2 8.00 1.9 10.20 2.7 11.80 * If ordering less than 250 pieces, add $300 to list price. (includes set-up change) National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 Number of Openings Tire Starter Capacity W D H 60 60 60 60 21* 21* 21* 21* 60 84 120 144 2 3 4 5 16 24 32 40 60 60 60 60 42* 42* 42* 42* 60 84 120 144 4 6 8 10 32 48 64 80 Cat.No. Wt. List Price Single Entry ZST-6060S ♦ 49 $130.00 ZST-6084S ♦ 54 174.00 ZST-60120S ♦ 76 253.00 ZST-60144S ♦ 104 341.00 Double Entry ZDT-6060S ♦ 81 281.00 ZDT-6084S ♦ 110 369.00 ZDT-60120S ♦ 149 488.00 ZDT-60144S ♦ 205 664.00 Cat.No. Add-On Wt. Single Entry ZST-6060A ♦ 35 ZST-6084A ♦ 50 ZST-60120A ♦ 69 ZST-60144A ♦ 95 Double Entry ZDT-6060A ♦ 96 ZDT-6084A ♦ 106 ZDT-60120A ♦ 144 ZDT-60144A ♦ 199 List Price $115.00 160.00 226.00 306.00 263.00 352.00 472.00 648.00 NOTE: Single Entry units must be tied to wall. *Single Entry units include one 12” deep unit and one 9” wall tie. Double Entry units include two 12” deep units and one 18” deep cross aisle tie. AUTOMOTIVE SHELVING 27 Z-Line Shelving Components: Aisle/Wall Ties, Hang Rods & Accessories Z-Line provides versatility with a variety of accessories to design shelving configurations to fit your every need. Aisle and Wall ties provide stability where you need it the most. Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Shelf Box: Shale grey only QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Shelves (22 Gauge) Cross Aisle Ties Cat. No. W D H Wt. CAT-18 ♦ CAT-24 CAT-30 CAT-36 ♦ CAT-42 CAT-48 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 18 24 30 36 42 48 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.8 3.3 3.8 Adjustable Aisle Tie List Price $10.00 11.00 13.30 14.20 15.70 20.00 Cat. No. Cat No. W KCAT-1 ♦ D 3 H * Wt. 1 6.0 List Price $26.00 * Depth adjusts from 36" to 60". Soft Top Edge Caps Cat. No. EURPC ♦ ZTPPC ♦ SURPC ♦ Fits W D H EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 7/16 ZTP uprights 37/16 2 7/16 SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 7/16 Wt. .1 .1 .1 List Price $ .88 1.30 .85 Nylon Protective Caps available in black only. Hard Nylon Foot Caps Cat. No. Wall Tie Cat. No. WT-9 ♦ W D H Wt. 91/4 13/8 23/8 .7 List Price $4.90 ZTPNF SURNF EURNF EURNF ♦ ZTPNF ♦ SURNF ♦ Fits W D EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 ZTP uprights 37/16 2 SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 H Wt. /4 3 /4 3 /4 .1 .2 .2 H Wt. /16 /16 12.8 13.0 3 List Price $ .80 1.30 1.10 Nylon Protective Caps available in black only. Z-Line Caster Kit Cat. No. Hang Rods For DRS Supports Cat. No. ZHR-36 ♦ ZHR-48 ♦ W 363/16 483/16 D /8 /8 7 7 H 11/16 11/16 Wt. 2.3 3.1 List Price $7.60 9.70 ZLCK-1 ZLCK-2 Fits 2 fixed, 2 swivel 4 swivel W D 11/2 11/2 37/16 2 7 7 List Price $132.00 135.00 Cap. W Q2-3612 ♦ 750 Q2-3615 ♦ 750 Q2-3618 ♦ 750 Q2-3624 ♦ 700 Q2-3630* ♦ 600 Q2-4212 ♦ 600 Q2-4215 ♦ 600 Q2-4218 ♦ 600 Q2-4224 ♦ 550 Q2-4230* ♦ 500 Q2-4812 ♦ Q2-4815 ♦ Q2-4818 ♦ Q2-4824 ♦ Q2-4830* ♦ 500 500 500 450 400 Shelves (20 Gauge) D H 36" Wide 36 12 15/16 36 15 15/16 36 18 15/16 36 24 15/16 36 30 15/16 42" Wide 42 12 15/16 42 15 15/16 42 18 15/16 42 24 15/16 42 30 15/16 48" Wide 48 12 15/16 48 15 15/16 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 48 30 15/16 Wt. List Price 6.7 7.8 8.8 10.9 12.9 $22.00 28.00 27.00 33.00 47.00 7.7 8.9 10.1 12.5 14.8 28.00 34.00 35.00 42.00 52.00 8.7 10.1 11.4 14.1 16.7 28.00 36.00 35.00 42.00 61.00 4 shelf clips per shelf included. *Note: Quantities less than 250. Please add $300 list set-up charge Cat No. Q-3612 ♦ 1000 Q-3615* ♦ 900 Q-3618 ♦ 850 Q-3624 ♦ 800 Q-3630* ♦ 800 Q-3636* ♦ 600 Q-4212* Q-4215* Q-4218 ♦ Q-4224 ♦ Q-4230* Q-4236* 800 700 650 650 600 550 Q-4812 ♦ Q-4815* Q-4818 ♦ Q-4824 ♦ Q-4830* Q-4836* ♦ 650 600 550 550 500 450 Cat. No. TP-1 ♦ End Sway Braces W D H Wt. 3 - 23/4 .2 List Price $1.50 Anchor Plate Cat. No. W D H Wt. ZFA-1 ♦ 13/8 11/2 23/8 .2 List Price $2.70 H Wt. PHR-36 ♦ PHR-48 ♦ 361/4 481/4 15/16 15/16 11/16 11/16 2.9 3.8 List Price $8.70 11.10 Cat No. Shelf Depth ESB-1224 ♦ 12" to 24" ESB-3036 ♦ 30" to 36" Cat No. RSBU ♦ RSB-48 ♦ Cat No. FP-1 Post Splice Angle Cat. No. PSA-2 Shelf Width 36" to 42" 48" Wt. 2.4 3.1 List Price 8 9.3 10.5 13 15.4 17.9 $25.00 32.00 32.00 39.00 53.00 63.00 9.2 10.6 12 14.9 17.7 21 31.00 39.00 39.00 48.00 59.00 69.00 10.4 12 13.6 16.8 19.9 23 32.00 43.00 40.00 49.00 66.00 76.00 Cat No. Cap. W D H 36" Wide Q-3624-S* 1000 36 24 15/16 Q-3630-S* 1000 36 30 15/16 Q-3636-S* 750 36 36 15/16 42" Wide Q-4224-S* 800 42 24 15/16 Q-4230-S* 750 42 30 15/16 Q-4236-S* 700 42 36 15/16 48" Wide Q-4824-S* 700 48 24 15/16 Q-4830-S* 650 48 30 15/16 Q-4836-S* 600 48 36 15/16 Wt. List Price 15.4 $57.00 18.1 72.00 21 84.00 17.6 21 24 67.00 80.00 91.00 19.8 23 27 74.00 87.00 98.00 4 shelf clips per shelf included. Shelves are made from Box Form construction with closed welded corners. List Price $8.10 9.50 W D H Wt. 19/16 19/16 61/2 1.1 List Price $6.70 Cat No. W FBS-362 ♦ 36 FBS-422 ♦ 42 FBS-482 ♦ 48 D H Wt. /2 1 7/8 1.2 1 /2 1 7/8 1.5 1 /2 1 7/8 1.7 1 List Price $7.30 7.80 8.40 Shelf Boxes Wt. 3.2 3.7 W D H Wt. 11/ 2 1/16 21/4 0.1 Used to secure uprights to the floor. Use 1 per Angle Post; use 2 per ZTP Post. 26 BOLTLESS SHELVING 36" Wide 36 12 15/16 36 15 15/16 36 18 15/16 36 24 15/16 36 30 15/16 36 36 15/16 42" Wide 42 12 15/16 42 15 15/16 42 18 15/16 42 24 15/16 42 30 15/16 42 36 15/16 48" Wide 48 12 15/16 48 15 15/16 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 48 30 15/16 48 36 15/16 Wt. Front Base Strips List Price $10.10 10.50 Foot Plate Clothing Hang Rods For LRA or LRC Supports D H 4 shelf clips per shelf included. - Assembly required. Rear Sway Braces W Shelves with Stiffeners D Maximum unit size is 60" w x 30" d. Tie Plate Cat. No. Cap. W List Price $.74 Cat No. BX-512 BX-518 BX-812 BX-818 BX-1112 BX-1118 W D H Wt. 5 5/8 11 4 9/16 2.5 5 5/8 17 4 9/16 3.3 8 3/8 11 4 9/16 3.5 8 3/8 17 4 9/16 4.3 11 1/4 11 4 9/16 4.5 11 1/4 17 4 9/16 5.3 Shelf Box Dividers* BXD-5 ♦ 5 3/16 1/32 4 1/2 0.2 BXD-8 ♦ 8 1/32 4 1/2 0.3 BXD-11 ♦ 10 7/8 1/32 4 1/2 0.4 List Price $14.00 17.10 16.70 19.80 20.00 25.00 1.00 1.30 1.70 * Dividers are galvanized, not painted. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 31 Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets & Foreman’s Desk Foreman’s Desks provide a convenient yet sturdy writing surface, ideal for the industrial workplace, businesses, schools and institutions. Choose from Open Style, Closed Style and Wall Mounted. Optional Door Sets include easy opening metal recessed handle with lock to protect and secure shelving contents. Z-Line Shelving Components: Decking and Steel Shelves Please Note Standard Color: Medium Grey Choose from three great options for shelf decking: industrial grade 5/8" particle board decking, wire decking or steel shelves. Please Note Standard Colors: Wire decking and steel shelves available in Medium Grey only. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey. Box rails available in Sand only. Particle Board Decking is available in Natural only. QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Wire Decking Cat. No. Particle Board Decking ILU-3637 HD-3637* HD-3687* (HDS unit shown) Ledge Unit and Door Sets for Q-Line Shelving Hinged Door Units (With 7 Openings) - Assembly required. Cat. No. W ILU-3637 ♦ 36 HD-3637RH ♦ HD-3687RH ♦ 36 36 D H Ledge Unit* 12 39 Door Sets* 39 87 Wt. List Price 45 $148.00 28 63 235.00 326.00 Cat No. W D H Wt. HDS-8712RH ♦ 36 12* 87 172 HDS-8718RH ♦ 36 18* 87 197 HDS-8724RH ♦ 36 24* 87 221 List Price 669.00 736.00 802.00 * Depth does not include 11/4" depth of door frame. * Note: Shelving units sold separately. SR-59 Foreman's Desk - Assembly required. SR-57 SR-58 32 FOREMAN'S DESK & LEDGE UNITS Cat. No. W SR-57 ♦ 341/2 SR-58 ♦ 341/2 SR-59 ♦ 341/2 D H Open Style 29 53 Closed Style 29 53 Wall Mounted 29 Wt. List Price 97 $484.00 155 772.00 83 493.00 Cat. No. W D PB-3612 ♦ PB-3615 ♦ PB-3618 ♦ PB-3624 ♦ PB-3630 ♦ PB-3636 ♦ PB-4212 ♦ PB-4215 ♦ PB-4218 ♦ PB-4224 ♦ PB-4230 ♦ PB-4236 ♦ PB-4812 ♦ PB-4815 ♦ PB-4818 ♦ PB-4824 ♦ PB-4830 ♦ PB-4836 ♦ PB-4842 ♦ PB-4848 ♦ PB-6024 ♦ PB-6030 ♦ PB-6036 ♦ PB-6048 ♦ PB-6915 ♦ PB-6930 ♦ PB-7224 ♦ PB-7230 ♦ PB-7236 ♦ PB-7248 ♦ PB-8424 ♦ PB-8430 ♦ PB-8436 ♦ PB-8448 ♦ PB-9624 ♦ PB-9630 ♦ PB-9636 ♦ PB-9648 ♦ 36 36 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 69 69 72 72 72 72 84 84 84 84 96 96 96 96 12 15 18 24 30 36 12 15 18 24 30 36 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48 24 30 36 48 15 30 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 H Wt. /8 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 5 /8 7.5 9.4 11.3 15 18.8 22.5 8.8 10.9 13.1 17.5 21.9 26.3 10 12.5 15 20 25 31 35 40 25 31.3 37.5 50 18 35.9 30 37.5 45 60 35 50 52.5 70 44 50 60 80 5 5 List Price $6.00 6.60 9.00 12.00 15.10 18.00 7.60 8.20 10.80 14.20 16.70 20.00 8.10 10.00 12.00 14.70 19.90 22.00 34.00 32.00 20.00 24.00 30.00 38.00 14.00 34.00 26.00 28.00 36.00 47.00 32.00 37.00 48.00 63.00 32.00 37.00 48.00 63.00 ZWD-3612 ZWD-3618 ♦ ZWD-3624 ♦ ZWD-3636 ♦ ZWD-4218 ZWD-4224 ZWD-4230 ZWD-4236 ZWD-4812 ZWD-4815 ZWD-4818 ♦ ZWD-4824 ♦ ZWD-4836 ♦ ZWD-4848 ZWD-6024 ZWD-6036 ZWD-6048 ZWD-6930 ZWD-7224 ZWD-7236 ZWD-7248 ZWD-9624 ♦ ZWD-9630 ♦ ZWD-9648 W D 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 69 72 72 72 96 96 96 12 18 24 36 18 24 30 36 12 15 18 24 36 48 24 36 48 30 24 36 48 24 30 48 H Wt. /16 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 5 /16 4 6 8 12 7.1 9.3 11.7 14.2 5.4 7 8 10.7 16 21 13.3 20 27 19.2 16 24 32 21 32 42 H Wt. 5 5 List Price $23.00 28.00 36.00 49.00 41.00 46.00 52.00 52.00 26.00 40.00 32.00 42.00 59.00 85.00 70.00 83.00 116.00 78.00 64.00 89.00 99.00 84.00 118.00 170.00 Note: 96" Decking comes in two pieces. Steel Shelves Cat. No. ZMS-3612 ♦ ZMS-3618 ♦ ZMS-3624 ♦ ZMS-3636 ♦ ZMS-4212 ♦ ZMS-4218 ♦ ZMS-4224 ♦ ZMS-4236 ♦ ZMS-4812 ♦ ZMS-4818 ♦ ZMS-4824 ♦ ZMS-4836 ♦ ZSC-1 ♦ W D 12 15/16 6.7 36 36 18 15/16 8.8 36 24 15/16 10.9 36 36 15/16 17.9 42 12 15/16 7.7 42 18 15/16 10.1 42 24 15/16 12.5 42 36 15/16 21 48 12 15/16 8.7 48 18 15/16 11.4 48 24 15/16 14.1 48 36 15/16 23 Replacement Shelf Clips .1 List Price $23.00 28.00 34.00 64.00 29.00 36.00 43.00 70.00 29.00 36.00 43.00 77.00 .87 BOLTLESS SHELVING 25 Z-Line Shelving Components: Shelf & Deck Supports Choose from Low Profile supports to maximize shelf openings with thin but strong shelf supports or Heavy-Duty and Extra Heavy-Duty Channel shelf supports for greater load capacity. Tool & Die Rack Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand For extra heavy-duty storage, Tennsco's Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving offers a shelf capacity of 4,000 lbs. Constructed of 16-gauge steel shelves and 14-gauge posts and supports, the unit's superior strength makes it perfect for storing dies, motors, jigs, fixtures and other heavy materials. Braceless construction allows easy access from all four sides, and the smooth steel surface makes placing and removing items much easier than on wood or wire shelves - simply slide items on and off. A simple design, uncommon for a unit built to withstand such loads, makes it quick and easy to assemble or rearrange. Please Note Standard Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving - Assembly required. Cat. No. Extra Heavy-Duty Channel Shelf Supports Cat. No. Heavy-Duty Shelf Supports Cat. No. LRA-12 ♦ LRA-15 ♦ LRA-16 LRA-18 ♦ LRA-24 ♦ LRA-30 ♦ LRA-32 LRA-36 ♦ LRA-42 ♦ LRA-48 ♦ LRA-60 ♦ LRA-69 ♦ LRA-72 ♦ LRA-84 ♦ LRA-96 ♦ Load Recommended # Capacity of SDS-dd Supports 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 1 2250 1 2000 1 1800 1 1750 2 1500 3 1250 3 Length Wt. 11.5 14.5 15.5 17.5 23.5 29.5 31.5 35.5 41.5 47.5 59.5 68.5 71.5 83.5 95.5 .9 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.9 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.7 5.4 5.7 6.6 7.5 List Price $3.80 4.50 4.90 4.90 6.10 7.40 8.90 8.90 10.60 11.30 14.20 16.30 18.70 24.00 25.00 Load capacities are based on the recommended number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports. LRC-48 ♦ LRC-60 LRC-72 ♦ LRC-84 LRC-96 ♦ Load Recommended # Length Capacity of SDS-dd Supports 2500 2250 2000 1750 1600 1 1 2 3 3 47.5 59.5 71.5 83.5 95.5 Wt. List Price 5.2 $15.00 6.2 20.00 7.4 22.00 8.7 27.00 9.9 29.00 Load capacities are based on the recommended number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports. Seismic Support Channel Cat. No. SSC-36 SSC-42 SSC-48 SSC-60 SSC-72 SSC-96 Load Recommended # Capacity of SDS-dd Supports 2750 1 2500 1 2500 1 2250 1 2000 2 1600 3 Length Wt. 35.5 4.7 41.5 5.5 47.5 6.3 59.5 7.9 71.5 9.5 95.5 12.7 List Price $15.70 17.80 20.00 25.00 29.00 38.00 Low Profile Shelf Supports Cat. No. Capacity DRS-1214 ♦ DRS-1514 ♦ DRS-1814 ♦ DRS-2414 ♦ DRS-3014 ♦ DRS-3614 ♦ DRS-4214 ♦ DRS-4814 ♦ DRS-3611 ♦ DRS-4211 ♦ DRS-4811 ♦ 24 BOLTLESS SHELVING Load Length D Capacity 14-Gauge 600 11.5 27/32 600 14.5 27/32 600 17.5 27/32 600 23.5 27/32 600 29.5 27/32 600 35.5 27/32 550 41.5 27/32 500 47.5 27/32 11-Gauge 850 35.5 27/32 800 41.5 27/32 750 47.5 27/32 H Wt. List Price 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/8 .5 .7 .9 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.3 $2.70 3.10 3.50 3.70 4.50 5.20 5.90 6.60 11/8 11/8 11/8 2.8 3.2 3.7 8.70 9.30 10.20 SDS-12 ♦ SDS-15 ♦ SDS-16 SDS-18 ♦ SDS-24 ♦ SDS-30 ♦ SDS-32 SDS-36 ♦ SDS-42 SDS-48 ♦ W D H Wt. /8 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 12 15 16 18 24 30 32 36 42 48 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.5 2.8 3.3 3.8 7 7 RXHS-3618 ♦ RXHS-3624 ♦ RXHS-4818 ♦ RXHS-4824 ♦ RXHS-6024 ♦ RXHS-7224 ♦ RXHS-7236 ♦ RXHS-9624 ♦ RXHS-9636 ♦ 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 2600 2600 W D H Wt. 36 36 48 48 60 72 72 36 36 48 48 60 72 72 96 96 36 36 48 48 60 72 72 96 96 18 24 18 24 24 24 36 18 24 18 24 24 24 36 24 36 18 24 18 24 24 24 36 24 36 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 147 202 181 214 255 305 415 151 206 185 218 259 309 419 413 560 155 210 189 222 263 313 424 417 565 List Price $510.00 574.00 611.00 683.00 813.00 980.00 1,333.00 522.00 586.00 623.00 695.00 825.00 992.00 1,344.00 1,394.00 1,760.00 534.00 598.00 635.00 707.00 837.00 1,004.00 1,356.00 1,407.00 1,773.00 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 211/16 25 32 32 40 47 57 79 78 108 89.00 99.00 107.00 121.00 149.00 179.00 254.00 266.00 339.00 Extra Shelves 36 18 36 24 48 18 48 24 60 24 72 24 72 36 96 24 96 36 Note: Overall unit capacity 11,000 lbs; 5 shelves included per unit. Front-To-Back Deck Supports (Use with LRA & LRC Supports) Cat. No. RXHS-361872 ♦ RXHS-362472 ♦ RXHS-481872 ♦ RXHS-482472 ♦ RXHS-602472 ♦ RXHS-722472 ♦ RXHS-723672 ♦ RXHS-361884 ♦ RXHS-362484 ♦ RXHS-481884 ♦ RXHS-482484 ♦ RXHS-602484 ♦ RXHS-722484 ♦ RXHS-723684 ♦ RXHS-962484 ♦ RXHS-963684 ♦ RXHS-361896 ♦ RXHS-362496 ♦ RXHS-481896 ♦ RXHS-482496 ♦ RXHS-602496 ♦ RXHS-722496 ♦ RXHS-723696 ♦ RXHS-962496 ♦ RXHS-963696 ♦ Shelf Capacity (lbs.) 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 2600 2600 4000 4000 4000 4000 3250 2750 2750 2600 2600 List Price $3.00 3.50 4.20 4.20 5.10 6.50 7.30 7.30 9.60 9.60 TOOL & DIE RACK 33 Z-Line Shelving Components: Posts, Shelf & Deck Supports Bulk Storage Racks: Uprights Bulk Storage Shelving allows clear and convenient access from the front or rear. It is designed to handle capacities of 10,000 lbs. per upright set. It’s easy to create your own bulk shelving unit: Please Note 1. Choose the uprights that meet your needs. (Page 34) 2. Select the appropriate deck levels. (Page 35) 3. Choose a decking type. (Page 35) QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand BUF-2472 ♦ BUF-3672 ♦ BUF-4872 ♦ D H Wt. List Price 72" High 13/4 24 72 20 $66.00 13/4 36 72 22 72.00 13/4 48 72 23 78.00 BUF-2484 BUF-3684 ♦ BUF-4884 84" High 13/4 24 84 13/4 36 84 13/4 48 84 BUF-2496 ♦ BUF-3696 ♦ BUF-4896 ♦ 96" High 13/4 24 96 13/4 36 96 13/4 48 96 72" High 120" High 168" High 192" High 17,000 lbs. capacity based on maximum vertical distance of 24" between any two beams on floor. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Shelf and Deck Supports W Medium-Duty Shelf Supports Standard Angle Post 24 25 27 92.00 101.00 110.00 28 30 33 88.00 99.00 108.00 120" High BUF-24120 ♦ 13/4 24 120 33 BUF-36120 ♦ 13/4 36 120 36 BUF-48120 ♦ 13/4 48 120 38 111.00 116.00 125.00 144" High BUF-24144* 13/4 24 144 40 BUF-36144* 13/4 36 144 43 BUF-48144* 13/4 48 144 46 158.00 169.00 177.00 168" High BUF-24168* 13/4 24 168 46 BUF-36168* 13/4 36 168 50 BUF-48168* 13/4 48 168 53 189.00 199.00 208.00 192" High BUF-24192* 13/4 24 192 53 BUF-36192* 13/4 36 192 57 BUF-48192* 13/4 48 192 64 209.00 215.00 225.00 Cat. No. EUR-36 ♦ EUR-48 ♦ EUR-60 ♦ EUR-72 ♦ EUR-84 ♦ EUR-96 ♦ EUR-108 ♦ EUR-120 ♦ EUR-132 EUR-144 ♦ Length 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 Wt. 2 2.7 3.4 4 4.7 5.4 6 6.7 7.4 8.1 List Price $6.50 9.00 10.20 12.20 14.10 16.20 18.60 20.00 23.00 24.00 Total weight capacity is not to exceed 8,000 lbs. (2,000 lbs. per post) per unit, based on 24" centers or less. Intermediate Post * Note: Quantities less than 50 uprights please add $250 list set-up charge. 144" High Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Shelf supports are available in 14 and 16 gauges. Front to back shelf deck supports help support decking on long spans and work with wide profile shelf supports and channel beams. Cat No. 96" High Match posts with your needs. Use SUR posts for the most demanding applications. Use EUR for light or medium weight applications and in conjunction with ZTP posts. Use ZTP as an intermediate common “T” post. Cat. No. ZTP-36 ZTP-48 ♦ ZTP-60 ♦ ZTP-72 ♦ ZTP-84 ♦ ZTP-96 ♦ ZTP-108 ♦ ZTP-120 ♦ ZTP-132 ZTP-144 ♦ Length 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 Wt. 3.9 5.1 6.4 7.7 9 10.3 11.6 12.8 14.1 15.4 List Price $13.50 17.50 21.00 25.00 29.00 33.00 37.00 41.00 45.00 49.00 Cat. No. Load Recommended Length Wt. Capacity Deck Supports 16-Gauge VDRS-1216 1000 11.5 .6 VDRS-1516 1000 14.5 .8 VDRS-1816 ♦ 1000 17.5 .9 VDRS-2416 ♦ 1000 23.5 1.3 VDRS-3016 ♦ 1000 29.5 1.5 VDRS-3616 ♦ 1000 1 35.5 1.8 VDRS-4216 ♦ 900 1 41.5 2.2 VDRS-4816 ♦ 850 1 47.5 2.5 14-Gauge VDRS-4814 1000 1 47.5 3.6 VDRS-6014 ♦ 750 1 59.5 4.6 1 65.5 5.0 VDRS-6614 700 VDRS-6914 ♦ 650 2 68.5 5.2 VDRS-7214 ♦ 600 2 71.5 5.4 List Price $2.90 3.30 3.80 4.50 5.60 6.40 7.60 8.30 13.30 15.30 16.50 17.10 18.70 Total weight capacity is not to exceed 11,000 lbs. (5,500 lbs. per post) per unit, based on 24" centers or less. Medium-Duty Front-To-Back Deck Supports (for VDRS) Heavy Angle Post Cat. No. SUR-36 SUR-48 SUR-60 ♦ SUR-72 ♦ SUR-84 ♦ SUR-96 ♦ SUR-108 SUR-120 ♦ SUR-132 SUR-144 ♦ SUR-168 SUR-181.5 Length 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 168 181.5 Wt. 2.8 3.7 4.7 5.4 6.5 7.6 8.5 9.2 10.4 11.4 13.3 14.3 List Price $9.20 12.40 14.40 17.10 19.90 23.00 26.00 28.00 32.00 34.00 40.00 43.00 Cat. No. FBSV-12 FBSV-15 ♦ FBSV-18 ♦ FBSV-24 ♦ FBSV-30 ♦ FBSV-36 ♦ FBSV-42 FBSV-48 ♦ W D H Wt. 15/8 1 5 /8 1 5 /8 1 5 /8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 .6 .8 .9 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 List Price $3.60 3.60 3.90 5.00 5.60 6.50 8.80 10.00 Total weight capacity is not to exceed 13,000 lbs. (3,250 lbs. per post) per unit, based on 24" centers or less. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 34 BULK STORAGE BOLTLESS SHELVING 23 Z-Line Shelving: Record Archive & Stur-D-Stor Bulk Storage Racks: Components Z-Line Record Archive Rack holds standard record storage boxes for archival purposes. Record Archive Storage Racks - Boxes not included Please Note Please Note Record Archive Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Sand, Medium Grey QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Stur-D-Stor Standard Color: Sand Decking Types QuickShip Color: Sand - Decking only. - Assembly required. Without Decking W D H 42 42 42 42 69 69 69 69 15 15 30 30 15 15 30 30 60 84 60 84 60 84 60 84 42 42 42 42 69 69 69 69 15 15 30 30 15 15 30 30 60 84 60 84 60 84 60 84 Number of Openings Archive Box Capacity Cat.No. Supplied With Particle Board Decking 2 18 ZA421560-3D ♦ 3 24 ZA421584-4D ♦ 2 36 ZA423060-3D ♦ 3 48 ZA423084-4D ♦ 2 30 ZA691560-3D ♦ 3 40 ZA691584-4D ♦ 2 60 ZA693060-3D ♦ 3 80 ZA693084-4D ♦ Customer To Supply Decking 2 18 ZA421560-3 ♦ 3 24 ZA421584-4 ♦ 2 36 ZA423060-3 ♦ 3 48 ZA423084-4 ♦ 2 30 ZA691560-3 ♦ 3 40 ZA691584-4 ♦ 2 60 ZA693060-3 ♦ 3 80 ZA693084-4 ♦ Wt. List Price 73 98 113 151 111 148 175 234 156.00 210.00 199.00 267.00 218.00 293.00 305.00 408.00 41 55 47 64 57 76 67 90 $131.00 177.00 149.00 200.00 176.00 237.00 203.00 272.00 Wire Decking Particleboard Decking Deck Levels - Order decking separately. See options to the right. Z-Line Stur-D-Stor's flexible shelving components create either a five-shelf unit or a three-shelf/two-shelf worktable. Boltless design allows quick and easy set-up. Industrial grade particle board shelves with steel frames offer 1000 lb. capacity per shelf. Adjusts in 11/2" increments. - Assembly required. Cat. No. LSS-361872 ♦ LSS-482484 ♦ W D 361/2 181/2 481/2 241/2 H 72 84 Wt. 88 142 List Price 179.00 249.00 W ZWD-4824 ♦ ZWD-4836 ♦ ZWD-4848 ZWD-6024 ZWD-6036 ZWD-6048 ZWD-7224 ZWD-7236 ZWD-7248 ZWD-9624 ♦ ZWD-9636 ZWD-9648 48 48 48 60 60 60 72 72 72 96 96 96 BSD-4824 ♦ BSD-4836 ♦ BSD-4848 ♦ BSD-6024 ♦ BSD-6036 ♦ BSD-6048 ♦ BSD-7224 ♦ BSD-7236 ♦ BSD-7248 ♦ BSD-9624 ♦ BSD-9636 ♦ BSD-9648 ♦ Corrugated Steel Decking 14 48 24 9/16 48 36 9/16 21 48 48 9/16 28 60 24 9/16 17.9 60 36 9/16 26 60 48 9/16 36 72 24 9/16 21 72 36 9/16 31 72 48 9/16 42 96 24 9/16 28 96 36 9/16 40 96 48 9/16 58 $46.00 65.00 84.00 55.00 79.00 102.00 65.00 93.00 121.00 84.00 121.00 158.00 PB-4824 ♦ PB-4836 ♦ PB-4848 ♦ PB-6024 ♦ PB-6036 ♦ PB-6048 ♦ PB-7224 ♦ PB-7236 ♦ PB-7248 ♦ PB-9624 ♦ PB-9636 ♦ PB-9648 ♦ 5/8" Particleboard Decking 5 48 24 /8 20 5 48 36 /8 31 5 48 48 /8 40 5 60 24 /8 25 5 60 36 /8 37.5 5 60 48 /8 50 5 72 24 /8 30 5 72 36 /8 45 5 72 48 /8 60 5 96 24 /8 40 5 96 36 /8 60 5 96 48 /8 80 $14.70 22.00 32.00 20.00 30.00 38.00 26.00 36.00 47.00 32.00 48.00 63.00 Corrugated Steel Decking Support Angle Z-Line Stur-D-Stor Shelving Cat No. Cat No. No. Supports Included BPB-48-24 ♦ 2 BPB-48-36 ♦ 2 BPB-48-48 ♦ 2 BPB-60-24 ♦ 2 BPB-60-36 ♦ 2 BPB-60-48 ♦ 2 BPB-72-24 ♦ 3 BPB-72-36 ♦ 3 BPB-72-48 ♦ 3 BPB-96-24 ♦ 4 BPB-96-36 ♦ 4 BPB-96-48 ♦ 4 Wt. List Price Capacity 18.1 $52.00 4150 18.5 56.00 4150 21 60.00 4150 21 60.00 3800 23 64.00 3800 23 68.00 3800 25 73.00 2750 27 78.00 2750 31 83.00 2750 34 95.00 2150 37 102.00 2150 37 109.00 2150 Note: Safety plugs (included) must be inserted in each end of beam to secure post. D H Wt. Wire Decking 24 9/16 10.7 36 9/16 16 48 9/16 21 24 9/16 13.3 36 9/16 20 48 9/16 27 16 24 9/16 36 9/16 24 48 9/16 32 24 9/16 21 36 9/16 32 48 9/16 42 List Price $42.00 59.00 85.00 70.00 83.00 116.00 64.00 89.00 99.00 84.00 118.00 170.00 * Wire decking uses 5 gauge wire and consists of a 2" x 4" mesh pattern. Additional Support Angles Cat No. BPS-24 ♦ BPS-36 ♦ BPS-48 ♦ W 1 1 1 D H Wt. 24 115/16 1.3 36 115/16 2.1 48 115/16 2.7 List Price $4.20 6.00 7.80 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 22 BOLTLESS SHELVING BULK STORAGE 35 Z-Line Shelving: Long Span Shelving and Sloping Shelf Units Logic Wire Shelving Units & Carts Logic Systems Shelving is perfect for food service, health care, or specialized industrial applications where a modern, sanitary appearance is required. Logic Shelving literally “snaps” together with its patented Logic clip. Shelves can be easily added or removed without disturbing other levels of the unit. This flexibility allows the interchangeability of wire and solid shelves whenever your needs change. Starter Units D Wt. 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 60 72 72 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 66 74 71 81 77 88 109 125 129 145 Standard Colors: Arctic White, Black, Pearl Grey Z-Line Long Span beams offer the ability to create shelving units up to 96" wide by 48" deep. QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey and Sand QuickShip Colors: Arctic White, Pearl Grey Sloping Shelf units only available in Medium Grey. Epoxy Cat. No. E-361875-4 ♦ E-362475-4 ♦ E-421875-4 E-422475-4 E-481875-4 ♦ E-482475-4 E-601875-4 E-602475-4 ♦ E-721875-4 E-722475-4 ♦ List Extra Shelves $392.00 432.00 472.00 500.00 440.00 480.00 516.00 556.00 612.00 652.00 Cat. No. Wt. LE-3618P LE-3624P LE-4218P LE-4224P LE-4818P LE-4824P LE-6018P LE-6024P LE-7218P LE-7224P 10.9 13 12.2 14.7 13.7 16.4 22 26 27 31 Price List Wide Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving Price $71.00 81.00 89.00 90.00 83.00 94.00 102.00 112.00 126.00 136.00 - Assembly required. Unit Size Units include four posts, four wire shelves, 16 starter clips, and leveling feet. Add-On Units (4 Shelves, 75" High) - Assembly required. W D Wt. 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 60 72 72 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 18 24 54 62 59 69 65 76 97 113 117 133 Epoxy List Cat. No. Extra Shelves Price E-361875-4A ♦ $345.00 E-362475-4A ♦ 385.00 E-421875-4A 425.00 E-422475-4A 453.00 E-481875-4A ♦ 393.00 E-482475-4A 433.00 E-601875-4A 469.00 E-602475-4A ♦ 509.00 E-721875-4A 565.00 E-722475-4A ♦ 605.00 Cat. No. Wt. LE-3618A LE-3624A LE-4218A LE-4224A LE-4818A LE-4824A LE-6018A LE-6024A LE-7218A LE-7224A 10.6 12.7 11.9 14.4 13.4 16.1 21 25 26 30 List Price $73.00 83.00 91.00 92.00 85.00 96.00 104.00 114.00 128.00 138.00 Units include two posts, four wire shelves, 8 add-on clips, and leveling feet. 90° add-on units available, call factory for pricing. Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Assembly required. D Cat. No. Wt. 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 18 24 18 24 18 24 24 2 Shelves, 42" Height HE-361835-2M* ♦ 43 HE-362435-2M 49 HE-421835-2 46 HE-422435-2 53 HE-481835-2 ♦ 49 HE-482435-2M 56 HE-602435-2 ♦ 77 36 36 42 42 48 48 60 18 24 18 24 18 24 24 3 Shelves, 42" Height HE-361835-3 ♦ 55 HE-362435-3 ♦ 63 HE-421835-3 58 HE-422435-3 68 HE-481835-3 ♦ 63 HE-482435-3 73 HE-602435-3 ♦ 101 List Price $315.00 359.00 352.00 368.00 336.00 384.00 420.00 383.00 415.00 441.00 466.00 419.00 451.00 508.00 Units include two one-piece handles, two or three wire shelves, Logic Clips, four donut bumpers, and two pair of swivel casters. W D H Cap.* 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 96 96 96 96 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 2250 2250 2250 2250 2000 2000 2000 2000 1750 1750 1750 1750 1250 1250 1250 1250 3 Shelves (2 Openings) Cat.No. Wt. ZL7-4824-3D ♦ ZL7-4830-3D ♦ ZL7-4836-3D ♦ ZL7-4848-3D ♦ ZL7-6024-3D ♦ ZL7-6030-3D ♦ ZL7-6036-3D ♦ ZL7-6048-3D ♦ ZL7-7224-3D ♦ ZL7-7230-3D ♦ ZL7-7236-3D ♦ ZL7-7248-3D ♦ ZL7-9624-3D ♦ ZL7-9630-3D ♦ ZL7-9636-3D ♦ ZL7-9648-3D ♦ 125 144 166 202 146 169 192 238 173 201 229 285 220 256 293 367 List Price $243.00 271.00 289.00 340.00 277.00 301.00 330.00 375.00 337.00 359.00 397.00 458.00 408.00 444.00 493.00 573.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. Wt. List Price ZLES-4824D ♦ 33 $55.00 39 64.00 ZLES-4830D ♦ ZLES-4836D ♦ 47 70.00 ZLES-4848D ♦ 59 87.00 40 66.00 ZLES-6024D ♦ ZLES-6030D ♦ 48 74.00 55 84.00 ZLES-6036D ♦ ZLES-6048D ♦ 71 99.00 49 86.00 ZLES-7224D ♦ ZLES-7230D ♦ 58 93.00 68 106.00 ZLES-7236D ♦ ZLES-7248D ♦ 86 126.00 ZLES-9624D ♦ 65 110.00 77 121.00 ZLES-9630D ♦ ZLES-9636D ♦ 89 138.00 ZLES-9648D ♦ 114 164.00 Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with 96" width units. Wide Profile Shelving Without Decking * Load capacity in pounds per shelf level. Total unit capacity, not to exceed 11,000 lbs. per unit (2,750 lbs. per post), based on 24" centers or less. - Assembly required. Unit Size W 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 96 96 96 96 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Shelving Units (4 Shelves, 75" High) - Assembly required. W Please Note Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Come with 4 swivel casters. Shelves can be added, removed, or repositioned as quickly as your needs change without disturbing other shelving levels. D 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 24 30 36 48 H 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 Cap.* 2250 2250 2250 2250 2000 2000 2000 2000 1750 1750 1750 1750 1250 1250 1250 1250 3 Shelves (2 Openings) Cat.No. ZL7-4824-3 ♦ ZL7-4830-3 ♦ ZL7-4836-3 ♦ ZL7-4848-3 ♦ ZL7-6024-3 ♦ ZL7-6030-3 ♦ ZL7-6036-3 ♦ ZL7-6048-3 ♦ ZL7-7224-3 ♦ ZL7-7230-3 ♦ ZL7-7236-3 ♦ ZL7-7248-3 ♦ ZL7-9624-3 ♦ ZL7-9630-3 ♦ ZL7-9636-3 ♦ ZL7-9648-3 ♦ Wt. 65 69 73 82 71 75 79 88 83 88 94 105 100 106 113 127 List Price $199.00 211.00 223.00 244.00 217.00 229.00 240.00 261.00 259.00 275.00 289.00 317.00 312.00 333.00 349.00 384.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. ZLES-4824 ♦ ZLES-4830 ♦ ZLES-4836 ♦ ZLES-4848 ♦ ZLES-6024 ♦ ZLES-6030 ♦ ZLES-6036 ♦ ZLES-6048 ♦ ZLES-7224 ♦ ZLES-7230 ♦ ZLES-7236 ♦ ZLES-7248 ♦ ZLES-9624 ♦ ZLES-9630 ♦ ZLES-9636 ♦ ZLES-9648 ♦ Wt. 13.1 14.4 15.8 18.6 15.1 16.4 17.8 21 19 21 23 26 25 27 29 34 List Price $40.00 44.00 48.00 55.00 46.00 50.00 54.00 61.00 60.00 65.00 70.00 79.00 78.00 84.00 90.00 101.00 Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with 96" width units. Sloping Shelf Units - Assembly required. Unit Size W D H 36 36 48 48 18 24 18 24 84 84 84 84 Starter Units Cat.No. ZT7-3618S-5 ♦ ZT7-3624S-5 ♦ ZT7-4818S-5 ♦ ZT7-4824S-5 ♦ Wt. List Price 137 $455.00 160 511.00 187 590.00 217 658.00 Adder Units Cat.No. ZT7-3618A-5 ♦ ZT7-3624A-5 ♦ ZT7-4818A-5 ♦ ZT7-4824A-5 ♦ Wt. List Price 136 $457.00 159 513.00 186 592.00 217 660.00 Extra Shelf Levels List Cat.No. Wt. ZSSS-3618 ♦ 17.9 ZSSS-3624 ♦ 23 ZSSS-4818 ♦ 27 ZSSS-4824 ♦ 33 Price $68.00 83.00 92.00 105.00 * Product numbers ending with "M" ship in a single carton National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 36 WIRE SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING 21 Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches Z-Line Shelving: Low Profile Z-Line Shelving is value without compromising performance. Its versatile array of components means it fits all your storage needs. Combine an interlocking keyhole design for fast, boltless installation without clips, gussets or sway bars and you have a shelving system designed for your specific needs. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Mobile Workbenches keep employees productive no matter where they are on the worksite. They feature all welded construction from heavy gauge steel. Units are available in one or four drawer configurations. Standard features include: locking cabinet with one cabinet shelf, two fixed and two swivel casters for easy steering. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey and Sand Z-Line Low Profile Shelving maximizes shelf openings in light to medium duty support applications. QuickShip Color: Medium Grey * Load capacity in pounds per shelf level, evenly distributed. Total unit capacity, using four uprights, not to exceed 8000 lbs., based on 24" centers or less. Starter Unit Add-on Unit NOTE: Products are shown with one additional shelf level. Mobile Workbench Mobile Workbench (With Modular Cabinet, One Drawer and Two Shelves) Low Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving (4 Shelves, 3 Openings) (With Modular Cabinet and Four Drawers) - Assembly required. Unit Size W D H Cap.* 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 600 600 600 600 550 550 550 550 500 500 500 500 Starter Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612S-4D ♦ ZA7-3618S-4D ♦ ZA7-3624S-4D ♦ ZA7-3636S-4D ♦ ZA7-4212S-4D ♦ ZA7-4218S-4D ♦ ZA7-4224S-4D ♦ ZA7-4236S-4D ♦ ZA7-4812S-4D ♦ ZA7-4818S-4D ♦ ZA7-4824S-4D ♦ ZA7-4836S-4D ♦ Wt. List Price 65 $138.00 83 155.00 99 168.00 136 212.00 73 150.00 93 168.00 111 183.00 154 225.00 80 158.00 103 178.00 124 190.00 175 239.00 Adder Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612A-4D ♦ ZA7-3618A-4D ♦ ZA7-3624A-4D ♦ ZA7-3636A-4D ♦ ZA7-4212A-4D ♦ ZA7-4218A-4D ♦ ZA7-4224A-4D ♦ ZA7-4236A-4D ♦ ZA7-4812A-4D ♦ ZA7-4818A-4D ♦ ZA7-4824A-4D ♦ ZA7-4836A-4D ♦ Wt. List Price 63 $132.00 80 146.00 95 159.00 135 213.00 71 144.00 89 159.00 107 173.00 153 227.00 78 151.00 99 169.00 120 181.00 174 240.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. ZAES-3612D ♦ ZAES-3618D ♦ ZAES-3624D ♦ ZAES-3636D ♦ ZAES-4212D ♦ ZAES-4218D ♦ ZAES-4224D ♦ ZAES-4236D ♦ ZAES-4812D ♦ ZAES-4818D ♦ ZAES-4824D ♦ ZAES-4836D ♦ Wt. List Price 10.9 $16.40 14.7 19.40 18.4 22.00 29 41.00 12.8 19.40 17.1 23.00 22 26.00 34 45.00 14.6 21.00 19.6 25.00 25 28.00 38 48.00 Cat No. MB-2-2542 ♦ MBS-2124 ♦ MBS-1524 W D H Wt. Mobile Workbench 42 25 361/4 157 Extra Shelf For Cabinet 21 23 3/4 6.4 Extra Shelf Left Side 15 23 3/4 5 Load Capacity List Price 1000 $852.00 100 100 41.00 37.00 Cat No. MB-1-2542 ♦ MBS-2124 ♦ W D H Wt. Load Capacity List Price Mobile Workbench 42 25 361/4 182 1000 $1,070.00 Extra Shelf For Cabinet 21 23 3/4 6.4 100 41.00 Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds. Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported, on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides. Low Profile Shelving Without Decking (4 Shelves, 3 Openings) - Assembly required. Unit Size W D H Cap.* 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 12 18 24 36 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 600 600 600 600 550 550 550 550 500 500 500 500 Starter Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612S-4 ♦ ZA7-3618S-4 ♦ ZA7-3624S-4 ♦ ZA7-3636S-4 ♦ ZA7-4212S-4 ♦ ZA7-4218S-4 ♦ ZA7-4224S-4 ♦ ZA7-4236S-4 ♦ ZA7-4812S-4 ♦ ZA7-4818S-4 ♦ ZA7-4824S-4 ♦ ZA7-4836S-4 ♦ Wt. List Price 35 $114.00 38 119.00 39 120.00 46 140.00 38 120.00 40 125.00 41 126.00 48 145.00 40 125.00 43 130.00 44 131.00 51 151.00 Adder Units Cat.No. ZA7-3612A-4 ♦ ZA7-3618A-4 ♦ ZA7-3624A-4 ♦ ZA7-3636A-4 ♦ ZA7-4212A-4 ♦ ZA7-4218A-4 ♦ ZA7-4224A-4 ♦ ZA7-4236A-4 ♦ ZA7-4812A-4 ♦ ZA7-4818A-4 ♦ ZA7-4824A-4 ♦ ZA7-4836A-4 ♦ Wt. List Price 33 $108.00 34 110.00 35 111.00 45 141.00 36 113.00 37 116.00 37 116.00 48 147.00 38 119.00 39 121.00 40 122.00 50 152.00 Extra Shelf Levels Cat.No. ZAES-3612 ♦ ZAES-3618 ♦ ZAES-3624 ♦ ZAES-3636 ♦ ZAES-4212 ♦ ZAES-4218 ♦ ZAES-4224 ♦ ZAES-4236 ♦ ZAES-4812 ♦ ZAES-4818 ♦ ZAES-4824 ♦ ZAES-4836 ♦ Wt. List Price 3.4 $10.40 3.4 10.40 3.4 10.40 6.8 23.00 4.0 11.80 4.0 11.80 4.0 11.80 7.6 25.00 4.6 13.20 4.6 13.20 4.6 13.20 8.0 24.00 Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported, on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 20 BOLTLESS SHELVING WORKBENCHES 37 Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches Please Note Standard Color: Light Grey, Medium Grey, and Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey ESP & Regal Shelving Organization is the key to productivity. Tennsco organizes both your front and back office to keep offices running smoothly. Tennsco's multipurpose ESP Shelving is ideal for storage applications in office stockrooms and throughout your plant. Everything you need shipped in one box. Regal Shelving components snap together with steel shoulder rivets for added rigidity. This added strength makes Regal Shelving sturdy enough for any storage application, while the wood grain laminate shelves make it attractive for the front office. Everything you need shipped in one box. ESP Shelving Please Note Flanged For Extra Support MB-2530-BB MB-3-2545 MB-4-2545 Standard Color: Medium Grey ESP Shelves use multiplebend flanges with lapped and welded corners. The design permits loads up to 250 lbs. per shelf. MB-5-2545 QuickShip Color: Medium Grey - Assembly required. Cat. No. MB-2530-C MB-6-2545 ESP-1236 ♦ ESP-1836 ♦ ESP-2436 ♦ ESP-6-1236 ♦ ESP-6-1836 ♦ ESP-6-2436 ♦ MB-7-2545 Workbench Configurations - Assembly required. Cat No. W D H Wt. MB-2530-BB ♦ MB-2530-C ♦ MB-3-2545 ♦ MB-4-2545 ♦ MB-5-2545 MB-6-2545 MB-7-2545 33 33 48 48 48 48 48 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 234 153 294 270 220 251 278 List Price $1,173.00 712.00 1,634.00 1,334.00 1,321.00 1,311.00 1,512.00 ES-12 ♦ ES-18 ♦ ES-24 ♦ Openings W D 4 4 4 5 5 5 36 12 36 18 36 24 36 12 36 18 36 24 Extra Shelves H Wt. 75 75 75 75 75 75 48 61 73 53 68 77 Packaged 2 shelves per carton, priced per shelf. 36 36 36 12 18 24 1 1 1 6.0 8.2 10.8 List Price $150.00 182.00 215.00 158.00 191.00 229.00 19.20 23.00 27.00 Regal Shelving National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Please Note Standard Color: Sand QuickShip Color: Sand Electric Riser Push Handle Power Strip Fits only 48" wide units. - Assembly required. Cat. No. - Assembly required. Cat No. W D H Wt. Electric Riser RE-1045WK ♦ 45 8 101/4 23 Push Handle Power Strip MHE-25 ♦ 25 8 101/4 10 List Price $167.00 162.00 Number of Openings W D H Wt. List Price RGL-1236S ♦ RGL-1536S ♦ RGL-1836S ♦ 5 5 5 Starter Units 36 12 36 15 36 18 76 76 76 85 99 104 $199.00 219.00 244.00 RGL-1236A ♦ RGL-1536A ♦ RGL-1836A ♦ 5 5 5 Add-On Units 36 12 36 15 36 18 76 76 76 80 94 100 166.00 185.00 210.00 Shelves have a Light Oak finish. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 38 WORKBENCHES COMMERCIAL SHELVING 19 Add-A-Stack Shelving Workbenches: Flared Legs Need more filing or floor space? Add-A-Stack is the modular filing system that expands as easily as adding another shelf. The thin profile reduces the height of each tier, allowing more within reaching height. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Sand Tennsco Workbenches are constructed of only the finest materials. Choose from a 12 gauge steel top, a solid hard wood top, a compressed wood top or a plastic laminate top. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Light Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Add-A-Stack Filing System - Assembly required. Cat. No. Stackable Tier W Overall D H Wt. List Price AS48L Letter Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier With 6 fixed dividers 47 13 97/8 48 133/16 10 23 114.00 Wt. List Price 18 22 23 29 $87.00 124.00 109.00 146.00 Wt. List Price Remarks Base Size Top Size Letter Sized Base & Top Sets 36 133/16 AS36LBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 133/16 1 AS36LBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 133/16 4 36 133/16 48 133/16 AS48LBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 133/16 1 AS48LBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 133/16 4 48 133/16 Cat. No. Remarks W Inside D H W Overall D 1 1 1 1 H AS36G ♦ Legal Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier With 4 fixed dividers 35 16 97/8 36 163/16 10 25 $102.00 AS48G Legal Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier With 6 fixed dividers 47 16 97/8 48 163/16 10 28 130.00 Wt. List Price Remarks Base Size Top Size Legal Sized Base & Top Sets AS36GBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 163/16 1 36 163/16 AS36GBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 163/16 4 36 163/16 AS48GBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 163/16 1 48 163/16 AS48GBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 163/16 4 48 163/16 AS36PS ♦ AS36LD AS48PS AS48LD Cat. No. AS36X ♦ Cat. No. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 H $88.00 Locking Door Posting Shelf D 20 Cat. No. Base and Top Set (4" Base with levelers) Inside Letter Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier With 4 fixed dividers 35 13 97/8 36 133/16 10 Cat. No. Base and Top Set (1" Base, no levelers) W AS36L ♦ Cat. No. NOTE: *Bases are available in either 1" height (without levelers) or 4" height (with levelers). - All tops are 1" high. - Tiers priced as each, packed 2 per box. Remarks Remarks W 1 1 1 1 D Posting Shelves & Locking Doors 36" wide posting shelf 36 911/16 36" wide locking door 36 911/16 48" wide posting shelf 48 911/16 48" wide locking door 48 911/16 Remarks W Inside D H W Overall D H X-Ray Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier 36 193/16 15 With 4 fixed dividers Remarks Base Size Top Size X-Ray Sized Base & Top Sets 1 36 193/16 AS36XBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* AS36XBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 4 36 193/16 1 1 21 27 27 34 $105.00 131.00 120.00 161.00 Wt. List Price 10 7 13.3 8.2 $131.00 155.00 136.00 185.00 Wt. List Price 42 $172.00 Wt. List Price 24 30 $120.00 140.00 Steel Top Workbenches Solid Hard Wood Top Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. - Assembly required. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs 30 331/2 4000 WB-1-3048S ♦ 48 WB-1-3060S ♦ 60 30 331/2 2500 WB-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 331/2 1800 30 331/2 4000 WB-1-3096S* ♦ 96 WB-1-3660S ♦ 60 36 331/2 2500 36 331/2 1800 WB-1-3672S ♦ 72 WB-1-3696S* ♦ 96 36 331/2 4000 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 91 103 120 173 122 134 192 $324.00 341.00 379.00 525.00 392.00 428.00 578.00 Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs WB-1-3048W 48 30 33¾ 4000 WB-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 33¾ 3800 WB-1-3072W ♦ 72 30 33¾ 3600 30 33¾ 4000 WB-1-3096W* 96 WB-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 33¾ 3800 36 33¾ 3600 WB-1-3672W ♦ 72 WB-1-3696W* 96 36 33¾ 4000 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 96 $497.00 124 560.00 142 648.00 184 896.00 137 650.00 162 746.00 217 1,305.00 Plastic Top is White. White Plastic Laminate Top Workbenches Compressed Wood Top Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. - Assembly required. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs WB-1-3048C 48 30 333/4 2400 30 333/4 1900 WB-1-3060C ♦ 60 WB-1-3072C ♦ 72 30 333/4 1500 WB-1-3096C* 96 30 333/4 2400 WB-1-3660C ♦ 60 36 333/4 1900 WB-1-3672C ♦ 72 36 333/4 1500 WB-1-3696C* 96 36 333/4 2400 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 124 152 175 233 169 206 270 $436.00 457.00 518.00 855.00 514.00 574.00 865.00 Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity With Stringer & Legs WB-1-3048P 48 30 331/2 1200 30 331/2 800 WB-1-3060P ♦ 60 WB-1-3072P ♦ 72 30 331/2 750 WB-1-3096P* 96 30 331/2 1200 WB-1-3660P ♦ 60 36 331/2 800 WB-1-3672P ♦ 72 36 331/2 750 WB-1-3696P* 96 36 331/2 1200 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. Wt. List Price 126 123 139 190 150 182 225 $412.00 440.00 501.00 698.00 523.00 582.00 803.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45. 18 STACKABLE TIERS WORKBENCHES 39 Fixed Shelf & Lateral File Units Workbenches: Adjustable Legs Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Fixed Shelf Files are sturdy welded units that do not have to be assembled and also offer an optional posting shelf for additional work surface. Fixed Shelf Lateral Files are available with or without doors. Open Units are perfect for color-coded filing systems, books, manuals etc. Use Closed Units when confidentiality, security or protection of materials is of paramount concern. Closed Units have individual retractable doors for each shelf level. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Fixed Shelf File Cat. No. Number of Openings W 7 341/2 131/2 Reference Shelf 30 12 Extra Divider* 11 FSF-78 ♦ FSFRS-1 ♦ PD-1108-BK Steel Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches Solid Hard Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches Cat. No. W D H Load Wt. List Capacity Price 30 ** 4000 98 $344.00 WBA-1-3048S ♦ 48 30 ** 2500 110 361.00 WBA-1-3060S ♦ 60 WBA-1-3072S ♦ 72 30 ** 1800 127 399.00 WBA-1-3096S* ♦ 96 30 ** 4000 182 555.00 36 ** 2500 129 414.00 WBA-1-3660S ♦ 60 WBA-1-3672S ♦ 72 36 ** 1800 141 450.00 36 ** 4000 202 611.00 WBA-1-3696S* ♦ 96 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. Cat. No. H Wt. List Price 78 117 $544.00 /2 8.6 50.00 8 .4 2.20 H Wt. List Price 180 218 242 $1,231.00 1,410.00 1,562.00 63½ 751/4 87 124 150 175 701.00 764.00 857.00 8 .8 1 *Dividers available in black only. - Comes standard with four dividers per shelf level (dividers are black only). - Assembly required. - Assembly required. D W D H Load Wt. List Capacity Price 30 ** 4000 109 $541.00 WBA-1-3048W ♦ 48 WBA-1-3060W ♦ 60 30 ** 3800 131 580.00 30 ** 3600 148 668.00 WBA-1-3072W ♦ 72 WBA-1-3096W* 96 30 ** 4000 194 926.00 WBA-1-3660W ♦ 60 36 ** 3800 144 672.00 36 ** 3600 168 768.00 WBA-1-3672W ♦ 72 WBA-1-3696W* 96 36 ** 4000 227 1,338.00 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 Fixed Shelf Lateral Files Plastic Top is White. Compressed Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. WBA-1-3048C WBA-1-3060C ♦ WBA-1-3072C ♦ WBA-1-3096C* WBA-1-3660C ♦ WBA-1-3672C ♦ WBA-1-3696C* Plastic Laminate Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches W 48 60 72 96 60 72 96 D H 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Load Capacity 2400 1900 1500 2400 1900 1500 2400 Wt. 131 159 181 238 176 212 280 List Price $456.00 477.00 538.00 876.00 536.00 596.00 898.00 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. Cat. No. W WBA-1-3048P 48 WBA-1-3060P ♦ 60 WBA-1-3072P ♦ 72 WBA-1-3096P* 96 WBA-1-3660P ♦ 60 WBA-1-3672P ♦ 72 WBA-1-3696P* 96 D H 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 ** ** ** ** ** ** ** Load Capacity 1200 800 750 1200 800 750 1200 Wt. 115 130 145 200 157 188 235 List Price $432.00 460.00 521.00 728.00 545.00 604.00 836.00 *96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs. **Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers. Cat. No. Product Description W D Closed Lateral File (Door Units) FS351L ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 17 63½ FS361L ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 17 751/4 FS371L ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36 17 87 FS350 ♦ FS360 ♦ FS370 ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit FDP-1108 ♦ Open Lateral File 36 17 36 17 36 17 Extra Divider 11 2.50 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45. 40 WORKBENCHES FIXED SHELF FILING UNITS 17 Workbenches: Electronic Workbenches & Electronic Modular Workbenches Imperial Open Shelf Filing & HIPAA Compliant Doors Imperial Shelving, the most economical method to file end-tab file folders, keeps materials upright while making files more visible, especially when using a color-coding system. All units have closed end panels. Each shelf comes with 5 adjustable dividers and plastic feet to protect carpet or floor. It also offers a variety of doors that meet HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996) healthcare privacy regulations for safeguarding personal health information. Starter Units Adder Units - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. No. of Openings W D H Wt. Single Entry Starter Units 1276PC ♦ 6 36 12 76 117 127648PC ♦ 6 48 12 76 140 1576PC ♦ 6 36 15 76 125 1288PC ♦ 7 36 12 88 133 128848PC ♦ 7 48 12 88 156 1588PC ♦ 7 36 15 88 145 Double Entry Starter Units 2476PC ♦ 12 36 24 76 199 247648PC ♦ 12 48 24 76 247 2488PC ♦ 14 36 24 88 229 248848PC ♦ 14 48 24 88 286 3076PC ♦ 12 36 30 76 220 3088PC ♦ 14 36 30 88 256 RSMB-12 RSMB-15 RSMB-24 RSMB-30 Reference Shelf 30 12 5/8 30 15 5/8 30 24 5/8 30 30 5/8 List Price Cat. No. Please Note Please Note Standard Color: Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey No. of Openings W D H Wt. List Price $376.00 459.00 401.00 428.00 517.00 454.00 Single Entry Add-On Units 1276AC ♦ 6 36 12 76 108 127648AC ♦ 6 48 12 76 130 1576AC ♦ 6 36 15 76 114 1288AC ♦ 7 36 12 88 125 128848AC ♦ 7 48 12 88 147 1588AC ♦ 7 36 15 88 132 $337.00 406.00 375.00 399.00 479.00 423.00 640.00 775.00 719.00 883.00 709.00 783.00 Double Entry Add-On Units 2476AC ♦ 12 36 24 76 177 247648AC ♦ 12 48 24 76 222 2488AC ♦ 14 36 24 88 203 248848AC ♦ 14 48 24 88 257 3076AC ♦ 12 36 30 76 205 3088AC ♦ 14 36 30 88 225 587.00 725.00 660.00 826.00 689.00 716.00 9.3 9.7 10.8 11.6 50.00 51.00 55.00 57.00 Extra Shelf Kit ISK-3612* ♦ Single Entry 13 40.00 ISK-3615* ♦ Single Entry 14.1 43.00 ISK-4812* ♦ Single Entry 18.8 51.00 ISK-3624* Double Entry 24 66.00 Double Entry 25 72.00 ISK-3630* ISK-4824* ♦ Double Entry 30 85.00 * Includes: 2 shelf supports, 1 shelf, 1 backstop and 5 dividers. NOTE: 12" & 24" Deep units are letter sized. 15" & 30" Deep units are legal sized. EB-1-3072S Solid Steel Top Electronic Workbench EB-1-3072M Hard Wood Top Electronic Workbench EB-1-3072C Compressed Wood Top Electronic Workbench EB-1-3072P Plastic Laminate Top Electronic Workbench Electronic Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. EB-1-3072S ♦ EB-1-3072M ♦ EB-1-3672M ♦ EB-1-3072P ♦ EB-1-3672P ♦ EB-1-3072C ♦ EB-1-3672C ♦ Top Material W D Electronic Workbenches Solid Steel 72 Hard Wood 72 Hard Wood 72 Plastic Laminate 72 Plastic Laminate 72 Compressed Wood 72 Compressed Wood 72 30 30 36 30 36 30 36 H 331/2 333/4 333/4 331/2 331/2 333/4 333/4 Load Capacity Wt. List Price 1800 2000 2000 750 750 1500 1500 156 178 195 175 215 211 239 $557.00 826.00 918.00 679.00 754.00 696.00 746.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 Doors Cat. No. Reference Shelf Provides a convenient pull-out work space anywhere. Reduces filing or storage space by 1". Hinged Door Assembly Adds 2 3/4” to outside depth of unit, including handles; frame uses 1/2” vertical filing space. Sliding Door Kit Single sliding door offers lockable security. 16 HIGH DENSITY OFFICE FILING UNITS W D H Wt. Hinged Doors with Extended Frames 2 1/4 76 60 LTHD-3676RHD 36 2 1/4 76 86 LTHD-4876RHD 48 2 1/4 88 68 LTHD-3688RHD 36 LTHD-4888RHD 48 2 1/4 88 89 Sliding Door Kit SD-3676-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 76 103 SD-4876-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 76 138 SD-3688-1 ♦ 36 4 1/8 88 120 SD-4888-1 ♦ 48 4 1/8 88 160 List Price $423.00 552.00 422.00 606.00 907.00 955.00 922.00 971.00 * All doors come standard with lock, in compliance with (HIPAA) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 regulations. Two Piece Backs Cat. No. W H Wt. List Price Two Piece Backs (to enclose units with doors) 76 18.6 $101.00 LTBP-3676-2 36 76 21.0 111.00 LTBP-4876-2 48 LTBP-3688-2 36 88 25.0 129.00 LTBP-4888-2 48 88 29.0 144.00 EMB-1-3072S Solid Steel Top Electronic Modular Workbench EMB-2-3072S Solid Steel Top Electronic Modular Workbench Electronic Modular Workbenches - Assembly required. Cat. No. Top Material W W DD Electronic Modular Workbenches EMB-1-3072S ♦ Solid Steel w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-1-3072M ♦ Hard Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-1-3072P ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-1-3072C ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units 72 30 EMB-2-3072S* ♦ Solid Steel w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 EMB-2-3072M* ♦ Hard Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 EMB-2-3072P* ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 EMB-2-3072C* ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72 30 HH 331/2 333/4 331/2 333/4 331/2 333/4 331/2 333/4 Load Wt. Capacity Wt.List List Price Price 1800 2000 750 1500 1800 2000 750 1500 248 $1,359.00 267 1,619.00 264 1,472.00 300 1,489.00 219 1,110.00 238 1,370.00 235 1,223.00 271 1,240.00 *Load capacity is for top only. National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 WORKBENCHES 41 Workbenches: Tops with Stringer Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Color: Black. Laminate top is available in Mahoghony, Oak and Walnut. Hard Wood and Compressed Wood available in Natural Only. Laminate is availble in white only. Overfiles Increase storage capacity by turning unused space above lateral files into productive space. Sliding doors offer easy access while keeping the office environment neat. (L3620F shown) Cat. No. Workbench Tops (includes stringer) Cat. No. T-3048 ♦ T-3060 ♦ T-3072 ♦ T-3096* ♦ T-3648 ♦ T-3660 ♦ T-3672 ♦ T-3696* ♦ 48 60 72 96 48 60 72 96 Load Capacity Steel Top With Stringer** 30 11/2 4000 30 11/2 2500 30 11/2 1800 30 11/2 4000 36 11/2 4000 36 11/2 2500 36 11/2 1800 36 11/2 4000 THB-3060 THB-3072 THB-3672 60 72 72 Steel Top With Hard Board** 30 11/2 2500 30 11/2 1800 36 11/2 1800 78 99 119 311.00 353.00 400.00 MT-3060 ♦ MT-3072 ♦ MT-3660 ♦ MT-3672 ♦ 60 72 60 72 Hard Wood Top With Stringer 30 13/4 3800 30 13/4 3600 36 13/4 3800 36 13/4 3600 95 113 105 130 466.00 554.00 550.00 646.00 PT-3060 ♦ PT-3072 ♦ PT-3660 ♦ PT-3672 ♦ Plastic Laminate Top With Stringer 60 30 11/2 800 94 72 30 11/2 750 110 36 11/2 800 118 60 72 36 11/2 750 150 346.00 407.00 423.00 482.00 CT-3060 ♦ CT-3072 ♦ CT-3660 ♦ CT-3672 ♦ W D H Wt. List Price 62 74 91 129 71 90 107 144 230.00 247.00 285.00 384.00 246.00 292.00 328.00 428.00 Compressed Wood Top With Stringer 60 30 13/4 1900 123 72 30 13/4 1500 146 60 36 13/4 1900 137 72 36 13/4 1500 174 363.00 424.00 414.00 474.00 Product Description W D H L301OF L361OF L421OF Single Level Overfile Single Level Overfile Single Level Overfile Single Level 30 18 181/4 36 18 181/4 42 18 181/4 L302OF L362OF L422OF Double Level Overfile Double Level Overfile Double Level Overfile Double Level 30 18 27½ 36 18 27½ 42 18 27½ Wt. List Price 47 55 61 $501.00 528.00 564.00 63 76 89 513.00 555.00 615.00 Wt. List Price Lateral File Accessories* Cat. No. Product Description 15CR* ♦ Cross Rods (Pair)** 5AD* ♦ Dividers For 2-Drawer Files 30" Counterweight T30CW-4 T36CW-4 36" Counterweight T42CW-4 42" Counterweight For 3, 4 and 5-Drawer Files T30CW-2 30" Counterweight 36" Counterweight T36CW-2 T42CW-2 42" Counterweight T1830 ♦ T1836 ♦ T1842 ♦ TLPLH W D H Cross Rods 153/4 17/8 7/8 Dividers 131/2 6 3/16 Counterweights 205/8 345/8 405/8 - 101/2 101/2 101/2 205/8 101/2 345/8 101/2 405/8 101/2 Laminate Tops 30" Laminate Top 30 18 1 1/16 36" Laminate Top 36 18 1 1/16 42" Laminate Top 42 18 1 1/16 Extra Long Pull Label Holder 4 1 5/16 1 $8.50 0.7 4.10 34 41 47 76.00 90.00 106.00 17 20 24 41.00 48.00 56.00 17 23 26 145.00 172.00 226.00 0.1 1.20 Laminate Tops Self-edged laminate tops add another work surface to your office and are available in sizes to top off any file. Available in Oak, Walnut and Mahogany laminates. * Available in black only. ** Use 1 pair per drawer. *Note: 96" tops require 3 legs. **Includes four mounting channels (enough to mount one workbench drawer or two modular cabinets.) Divider Cross Rods 5AD 15CR National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 42 WORKBENCHES OVERFILES & LATERAL FILE ACCESSORIES 15 Workbench Accessories: Legs & Modular Storage Units Lateral Files Lateral Files offer substantial space savings and more efficient access to your mostused files. A standard, single “master” lock controls all drawers and doors, while drawers easily slide out on full progressive, lifetime warranted ball bearing suspensions. Files come standard with hanging folder rods for filing Pendaflex folders (side-to-side). Order optional cross rods for front-to-back filing. Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty 6-Drawer 5-Drawer 4-Drawer 3-Drawer 2-Drawer Posting Shelf** Optional hideaway posting shelf provides a handy place to make notes or place materials. (Available on 5 drawer files only.) Cat. No.* Product Description W D H Wt. List Price LPL3024L20 LPL3024L21 LPL3624L20 ♦ LPL3624L21 LPL4224L20 ♦ LPL4224L21 30" File 30" File 36" File 36" File 42" File 42" File Two Drawer Lateral File 30 17 15/16 27 9/16 27 9/16 30 17 15/16 36 17 15/16 27 9/16 27 9/16 36 17 15/16 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 42 17 15/16 27 9/16 97 101 108 112 120 124 $660.00 759.00 678.00 776.00 723.00 823.00 LPL3036L30 LPL3036L31 LPL3636L30 ♦ LPL3636L31 LPL4236L30 LPL4236L31 30" File 30" File 36" File 36" File 42" File 42" File Three Drawer Lateral File 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 30 17 15/16 39 3/8 39 3/8 36 17 15/16 36 17 15/16 39 3/8 39 3/8 42 17 15/16 42 17 15/16 39 3/8 131 136 145 151 160 166 859.00 1,011.00 886.00 1,036.00 945.00 1,098.00 LPL3048L40 LPL3048L41 LPL3648L40 LPL3648L41 LPL4248L40 ♦ LPL4248L41 30" File 30" File 36" File 36" File 42" File 42" File Four Drawer Lateral File 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 30 17 15/16 51 ¼ 36 17 15/16 51 ¼ 51 ¼ 36 17 15/16 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 42 17 15/16 51 ¼ 167 174 184 192 206 215 1,055.00 1,253.00 1,087.00 1,282.00 1,155.00 1,354.00 LPL3060L50 LPL3060L51 LPL3660L50 ♦ LPL3660L51 ♦ LPL4260L50 ♦ LPL4260L51 ♦ LPL3672L60 LPL4272L60 Five Drawer Lateral File (top drawer has a retractable door) 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 205 30" File 30 17 15/16 65 213 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 227 36" File 36 17 15/16 65 239 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 262 42" File 42 17 15/16 65 270 Six Drawer Lateral File (top two drawers have retractable doors) 76 7/8 227 36" File, Combination Unit* 36 17 15/16 42" File, Combination Unit* 42 17 15/16 76 7/8 293 14 LATERAL FILES Cat. No. W D H L-2830 ♦ L-2836 ♦ L-3230 ♦ L-3236 ♦ 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 30 36 30 36 28 28 32 32 Load Capacity 5000 5000 5000 5000 Wt. 14.5 15.5 14.5 16 List Price $57.00 59.00 47.00 50.00 Priced as each. Load Capacity represents total per pair. Modular Storage Cabinet Cat. No. Retractable Door Spring assisted doors automatically retract with the slightest touch to keep aisles clear and provide complete access to your files. 1,605.00 1,680.00 W MS-1524 ♦ 15 MBS-1524 15 D H Load Capacity Modular Storage Cabinet 24 32 1000 Optional Second Shelf 3 23 /4 100 Wt. List Price 48 $276.00 5 37.00 Wt. List Price 77 69 $525.00 505.00 .6 1.80 Adjustable Leg Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity Wt. List Price AL-3230 ♦ AL-3236 ♦ AL-4230 ♦ AL-4236 ♦ 3 3 3 3 30 36 30 36 * * ** ** 4000 4000 3000 3000 17.8 19.3 18.8 20.3 $57.00 61.00 66.00 70.00 7 3 1 * Height is adjustable from 27 /8" to 35 /8 " on 1 /2 " centers. Priced as each. **Height is adjustable from 353/8” to 413/8 “ on 11/2 “ centers. Priced as each. Load Capacity represents total per pair. 1,328.00 1,528.00 1,357.00 1,568.00 1,440.00 1,655.00 * L_O Fixed Drawer Fronts; L_1 Retractable Doors; L50 Combination - four solid front doors on bottom openings/retractable door with roll-out drawer on top opening. ** For posting shelf unit add a “P” suffix (ex. LPL4260L51P) to the catalog number and add $85.00 to the list price. (Available on 5 drawer files only.) For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4224L20W)to the catalog number and add $55.00 on 2-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $65.00 on 2-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $75.00 on 2-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices. For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4248L40W)to the catalog number and add $31.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $36.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and $41.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Flared Leg Modular Drawer Cabinet Cat. No. Panel Legs W - Assembly required. Cat. No. LP-3230* ♦ W D H Load Capacity Wt. List Price 3 28 32 2000 48 $173.00 Priced as pairs. Load Capacity represents total per pair. *Requires WOP-72 (see page 45) MD-1524 ♦ MD3-1524 ♦ 15 15 WBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 D H Load Capacity Modular Drawer Cabinet 24 32 1000 24 32 1000 Extra Divider* 41/4 MD-1524 has 4 box drawers and MD3-1524 has 2 box drawers and 1 file drawer *Note: Divider is galvanized. WORKBENCHES 43 Workbench Accessories: Side & Back Rail Kits, Shelves, Casters & Drawers Vertical Files Tennsco Vertical Files are as attractive as they are dependable. Please Note Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Please Note Choose from 2, 3, 4 and 5 drawer models in 28” depth in either letter or legal widths. QuickShip Color: Medium Grey Side & Back Rail Kit Shown with optional Cam Lock Stackable Drawer - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. SB-3048 ♦ SB-3060 ♦ SB-3072 ♦ SB-3096 ♦ SB-3648 ♦ SB-3660 ♦ SB-3672 ♦ SB-3696 ♦ 48 60 72 96 48 60 72 96 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 12.2 14 15.7 18.9 13.9 15.2 17 19.9 List Price $46.00 49.00 53.00 70.00 50.00 52.00 56.00 72.00 Cat. No. W D H Load Capacity Stackable Drawer 18 81/4 70 WBD-1MG* ♦ 15 18 81/4 70 WBD-1LMG** ♦ 15 WBD-1 15 18 81/4 70 Cam Lock (Field Installable) CL-1 ♦ Extra Drawer Divider WBDD-12 ♦ 123/8 41/4 Wt. 21 20 18 List Price 2-Drawer $83.00 88.00 142.00 .1 5.20 .6 1.80 Cat. No. Hanging Drawer Cat. No. W D S-48 ♦ S-60 ♦ S-72 ♦ S-96 ♦ 48 60 72 96 14 14 14 14 H - Load Capacity 450 450 350 850 Wt. List Price 15.5 $53.00 19.5 63.00 23 74.00 31 100.00 Cat. No. W D H WBD-25 25 22 6 Load Capacity 70 3-Drawer 4-Drawer 5-Drawer Vertical Files * Medium grey only. ** Medium grey only with cam lock. Lower Shelf For Units With Open Bench Legs Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Description W D H Wt. List Price V282-MF V282C-MF Two Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 2 Drawer 1415/16 28 2615/16 Legal Size, 2 Drawer 1715/16 28 2615/16 80 86 $514.00 533.00 V283-MF V283C-MF Three Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 3 Drawer 1415/16 28 383/4 Legal Size, 3 Drawer 1715/16 28 383/4 113 120 651.00 678.00 V284-MF V284C-MF Four Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 4 Drawer 1415/16 28 509/16 144 Legal Size, 4 Drawer 1715/16 28 509/16 154 795.00 820.00 V285-MF V285C-MF Five Drawer Vertical File Letter Size, 5 Drawer 1415/16 28 623/8 Legal Size, 5 Drawer 1715/16 28 623/8 924.00 959.00 176 187 Superior Drawer Suspensions Drawers operate quietly and effortlessly with the help of a three-member, telescoping, steel ball bearing suspension system which allows each drawer to be completely extended for total access. Standard inner lock keeps more than one drawer from opening at one time. Wt. List Price 17 $140.00 Neat, Easy Filing With full height sides that are ready to accept hanging folders and a durable, metal follower block, there is no need for file frames that may be lost or misplaced. Lower Shelf For Modular Units With 72"w Tops Cat. No. W D H SM-42 ♦ 42 14 11/2 Load Capacity 250 Wt. List Price 14.4 $53.00 Caster Kits - Assembly required. Cat. No. Load Capacity WBCK-3036* ♦ 2 Fixed, 2 Swivel 1000 WBCK-3036S** All Swivel 1000 Fits 30” & 36” Legs. 44 WORKBENCHES W D H Wt. 16 16 List Price $92.00 95.00 Full Depth Lower Shelf Cat. No. FS-48 FS-60 FS-72 FS-96 W D H 48 60 72 96 20 20 20 20 - Load Capacity 450 450 350 850 Wt. 15.5 19.5 23.0 31.0 List Price $100.00 109.00 125.00 202.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 VERTICAL FILES 13 Literature Sorters, 30-Drawer Organizers & Card Files Tennsco offers three great options to organize and access company materials, a wide variety of non-traditional sized media and various items you need to store and file. Various sizes allow you to find a size that meets your needs, and all units are welded construction to assure you of outstanding value and years of use. Workbench Accessories: Risers, Outlet Panels, Wiring Kit & Service Carts Please Note Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Standard Colors: Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Color: Medium Grey QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty and Sand Optional dividers in drawer organizer are available in black only. Workbench Riser With End Supports Electronic Riser With End Supports - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H R-1048 ♦ R-1060 ♦ R-1072 ♦ R-1096* ♦ R-106018 R-107218 48 60 72 96 60 72 101/2 101/2 101/2 101/2 101/2 101/2 12 12 12 12 18 18 Load Capacity 600 450 350 1000 450 350 Wt. 18.5 21 24 32 24 27 List Price $77.00 78.00 87.00 136.00 93.00 102.00 Includes center riser supports. Cat. No. RE-1060 ♦ RE-1072 ♦ RE-1560 ♦ RE-1572 ♦ RE-18-1560 ♦ RE-18-1572 ♦ RE-18-1596 ♦ W D H 60 72 60 72 60 72 96 101/2 101/2 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 Load Capacity 450 350 450 350 450 350 300 Wt. Load Capacity 450 350 450 350 450 350 300 Wt. 27 31 35 39 38 43 53 List Price $110.00 119.00 136.00 146.00 146.00 156.00 205.00 Note: Wiring kit sold separately. 30-Drawer Organizers Literature Sorters Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price 4075 ♦ Letter Sized Openings 305/8 115/8 33 80 $405.00 5075 ♦ 305/8 Legal Sized Openings 145/8 33 89 439.00 Extra Shelves 4005 ♦ Letter Size Pack of 5 5005 ♦ Legal Size Pack of 5 6.4 8.1 8 Drawer 6 Drawer W D H Wt. List Price 2085 ♦ Letter Sized Openings 305/8 115/8 33 95 $560.00 3085 ♦ 305/8 Legal Sized Openings 145/8 33 112 597.00 Optional Dividers Pack of 30 30AD ♦ Prewired Electronic Riser With End Supports - Assembly required. Cat. No. 49.00 6.7 Electronic Outlet Panel For 72" Benches With Panel Legs - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. WOP-72 ♦ 715/8 3 43/8 17.4 List Price $99.00 Note: Wiring kit sold separately. Includes front and rear panels. 7 Drawer CF-846 CF-669 17.90 21.00 Cat. No. Cat. No. CF-558 ♦ CF-646 ♦ CF-669 ♦ CF-758 ♦ CF-846 ♦ No. of Drawers 5 6 6 7 8 W D H Wt. 19 15 21 19 15 28 28 28 28 28 407/16 407/16 523/8 523/8 523/8 165 170 214 220 216 List Price $1,164.00 1,235.00 1,388.00 1,440.00 1,522.00 CF-558 Stores up to 27,200 5 x 8 cards. 640 CDs (960 with center divider removed.) 420 DVDs in standard movie case. CF-646 Stores up to 32,600 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards. CF-669 Stores up to 32,600 6 x 9 cards. Ideal for DVDs with use of a second drawer divider. CF-758 Stores up to 38,100 5 x 8 cards. 588 DVDs in standard movie case. 896 CDs (1344 with center divider removed.) CF-846 Stores up to 43,400 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards. CF-646 D 60 101/2 REI-1060-WK-1 REI-1072-WK-1 72 101/2 60 15 REI-1560-WK-1 REI-1572-WK-1 72 15 REI-18-1560-WK-1 60 15 REI-18-1572-WK-1 72 15 REI-18-1596-WK-1 96 15 H 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 30 34 35 53 54 60 72 List Price $269.00 277.00 291.00 305.00 301.00 315.00 357.00 CF-758 Card & Multimedia Storage 6 Drawer W 5 Drawer CF-558 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 12 LITERATURE SORTERS, 30-DRAWER ORGANIZERS & CARD FILES Electronic Outlet Panel For 72" Benches With Two Modular Units - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. WOP-42 ♦ 42 33/8 43/8 10.3 List Price $45.00 Note: Wiring kit sold separately. Service Cart - Assembly required. Shown with optional center tray. Cat. No. W D H Wt. 16" Wide Cart 30 16 32 36 Optional Center Tray for 16" Wide Cart ST-16 ♦ 30 16 31/4 11 24" Wide Cart 24 32 40 SC-2436 ♦ 36 Optional Center Tray for 24" Wide Cart ST-24 ♦ 36 24 31/4 15.8 SC-1630 ♦ List Price $167.00 50.00 210.00 66.00 Wiring Kit - Assembly required. Cat. No. WK-1 ♦ W D H Wt. - - - 2.5 List Price $107.00 WORKBENCHES 45 Stur-D-Bench Bookcases Stur-D-Bench Workbenches keep tools and supplies within easy reach for added convenience and productivity. Assemble easily with unique interlocking keyhole slot design. Please Note Standard Color: Accent Blue QuickShip Color: Accent Blue Tennsco offers three styles of bookcases depending on your needs. Welded Bookcases – Cool, contemporary look. No exposed bolts offer a smooth front case design. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Bookcases and Case Style Files – Ultimate in flexibility and value. Shipped unassembled, they handle files, books—you name it! QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey*, Champagne/Putty and Sand Welded Executive Bookcases – Refined, polished look. Sliding tempered safety glass doors protect materials from dust, while a safety lock prevents unauthorized access. Welded Bookcases Cat. No. Optional adjustable book stops support materials when shelves are partially filled. Smooth clean lines and adjustable shelves make this bookcase an office favorite. * Mobile units available. Call factory for pricing. National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 Bookcases & Case Style Files Stur-D-Bench with Half-Width Drawer* Stur-D-Bench with Full-Width Drawer* - Assembly required. - Assembly required. Cat. No. W ZWB-6024-HD ♦ 60 ZWB-6030-HD ♦ 60 ZHD24 ZHD30 30 30 D 24 30 H 66 66 Additional Drawers 24 23/4 30 23/4 Wt. 166 179 List Price $488.00 505.00 33 35 176.00 181.00 Cat. No. ZWB-6024-FD ♦ 60 ZWB-6030-FD ♦ 60 ZFD24 ZFD30 60 60 D 24 30 H 66 66 Additional Drawers 24 23/4 30 23/4 Wt. 188 205 List Price $470.00 490.00 53 54 203.00 207.00 Bookcases come standard with one adjustable divider per shelf. Growing business? These bookcases expand by simply removing an end panel and attaching another unit. National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 Executive Bookcases Sleek radius edges and lockable glass doors offer good looks and security. B-3000 ♦ B-3001 B-4200 ♦ B-4201 B-6000 ♦ B-6001 B-8400 ♦ B-8401 ♦ No. of Openings 2 2 3 3 5 5 7 7 B-12 ♦ Cat. No. 330GL ♦ 330 ♦ National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 W D H 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 B-1 ♦ * Note: Includes particle board top, lower shelf and riser with 60"W x 24"H rear pegboard included for hanging tools and accessories. Drawers are mounted on fully progressive steel ball-bearing suspensions, with load capacity of 150 lbs. per drawer. or 18" Welded Bookcases. 13 1/2" Welded Bookcases 34½ 13½ 28 34½ 13½ 40 34½ 13½ 52 34½ 13½ 66 34½ 13½ 78 30 13½ 29 30 13½ 42 30 13½ 48 18" Deep Welded Bookcases* BC18-30 2 36 18 30 BC18-42 3 36 18 43 BC18-52 4 36 18 55 BC18-72 5 36 18 72 BC18-84 6 36 18 84 Extra Shelf 3 B-345 (for 13 1/2" deep bookcases) 343/8 13½ /4 BCS-18 (for 18" deep bookcases) 36 165/16 25/32 Book Supports BSN6 41/2 1¾ 6 BSN9 41/2 1¾ 9 B-30 ♦ B-42 ♦ B-53 ♦ B-66 ♦ B-78 ♦ BC30-29 BC30-42 BC30-48 Cat. No. W No. of Openings * Not available for Executive Bookcases 342GL ♦ 342 ♦ 352GL ♦ 352 ♦ GBS-36 ♦ Description W D KD Bookcases- 12" Deep Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Starter Unit 38 12 Add-on Unit 38 12 Extra Shelf 36 12 Shelf Divider 10 W D Executive Bookcases 30" High With glass doors and lock 36 15 Without glass doors 36 15 42" High With glass doors and lock 36 15 Without glass doors 36 15 52" High With glass doors and lock 36 15 Without glass doors 36 15 Extra Shelves Wt. List Price 40 57 70 90 105 33 45 47 $155.00 189.00 239.00 284.00 322.00 174.00 208.00 241.00 47 66 80 107 122 244.00 290.00 331.00 401.00 461.00 7.6 8.3 22.00 21.00 .6 1.1 5.90 7.20 H Wt. List Price 30 30 42 42 60 60 84 84 57 45 79 68 119 103 160 138 245.00 226.00 272.00 255.00 393.00 359.00 $505.00 458.00 /8 7.9 31.00 7 1.2 3.20 7 H Wt. List Price 30 30 78 60 $513.00 336.00 42 42 105 78 588.00 363.00 52 52 130 95 653.00 414.00 9.9 24.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 85 46 STUR-D-BENCH BOOKCASES 11 Technical Workstations Open Style Cabinets • • • • • Open style allows for storage in tight spaces where opening doors is a problem. Clear visibility and fast access to products. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Shelves adjust vertically in 2” increments to accommodate for a variety of items. Raised base keeps materials safe from mops and damaging cleaners. Storage Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty and Sand No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Open Style Storage Cabinets OS7218 5 36 18 72 107 $356.00 OS7224 5 36 24 72 124 412.00 JO1878SU 5 48 18 78 167 545.00 JO2478SU 5 48 24 78 197 595.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 306 ♦ 307 ♦ Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 8.2 10.5 10.6 14.0 Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 Extra Shelves 18 18 3/4 18 24 3/4 24 18 15/16 24 24 15/16 Instrument Shelf 8.2 10.5 10.6 14.0 4.0 5.8 3.9 5.2 23.00 31.00 36.00 41.00 14.30 17.00 24.00 28.00 Open Style Counter Height Cabinets OS4218 3 36 18 42 66 251.00 OS4224 3 36 24 42 85 294.00 JO1842SU 3 48 18 42 108 391.00 JO2442SU 3 48 24 42 118 416.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 306 ♦ 307 ♦ Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 48 18 15/16 48 24 15/16 CK18 CK24 CK4824 Caster Kits 36 18 6 11/16 21 36 24 6 11/16 23 48 24 6 11/16 24 8.2 10.5 10.6 14.0 Cat. No. 23.00 31.00 36.00 41.00 Open Style Combination Cabinets OS7214 7 36 18 72 107 386.00 OS7220 7 36 24 72 124 437.00 JO1878SUC 7 48 18 78 167 584.00 JO2478SUC 7 48 24 78 197 645.00 304 ♦ 305 ♦ JPS18 JPS24 W Technical Workstations with Power Rail & Fixed Legs - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. Standard Work Surface with Power Rail 30 30 124 TW-603030-NE ♦ 60 TW-603034-NE ♦ 60 30 34 127 36 30 130 TW-603630-NE ♦ 60 36 34 134 TW-603634-NE ♦ 60 TW-723030-NE ♦ 72 30 30 137 TW-723034-NE ♦ 72 30 34 140 36 30 157 TW-723630-NE ♦ 72 TW-723634-NE ♦ 72 36 34 161 List Price $959.00 966.00 1,054.00 1,061.00 1,029.00 1,036.00 1,130.00 1,137.00 Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail 30 30 124 1,202.00 TW-603030-SE ♦ 60 TW-603034-SE ♦ 60 30 34 127 1,209.00 36 30 130 1,226.00 TW-603630-SE ♦ 60 TW-603634-SE ♦ 60 36 34 134 1,233.00 30 30 137 1,263.00 TW-723030-SE ♦ 72 30 34 140 1,270.00 TW-723034-SE ♦ 72 TW-723630-SE ♦ 72 36 30 157 1,363.00 TW-723634-SE ♦ 72 36 34 161 1,370.00 23.00 31.00 36.00 41.00 D H Wt. List Price TWI-60-N ♦ TWI-72-N ♦ 60 72 Standard Work Surface 15 18 61 15 18 69 $454.00 517.00 TWI-60-S ♦ TWI-72-S ♦ Static Control Work Surface 60 15 18 61 72 15 18 69 562.00 620.00 Shown with optional instrument shelf. Standard Work Surface with Power Rail TWI-60-NE ♦ 60 15 18 64 15 18 74 TWI-72-NE ♦ 72 644.00 716.00 Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail TWI-60-SE ♦ 60 15 18 64 752.00 TWI-72-SE ♦ 72 15 18 74 819.00 Hanging Drawer Units - Assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price PED-10-30 PED-20-30 ♦ PED-30-30 ♦ Fits 30" Deep Technical Workstation 15 24 9 39 15 24 203/4 66 15 24 203/4 76 $362.00 526.00 614.00 PED-10-36 PED-20-36 ♦ PED-30-36 ♦ Fits 36" Deep Technical Workstation 15 24 9 39 15 24 203/4 66 15 24 203/4 76 366.00 530.00 618.00 103.00 107.00 123.00 National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 85 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 10 OPEN STYLE CABINETS QuickShip Color: Sand - Assembly required. Open Style Wardrobe Cabinets OS7114 2 36 18 72 82 326.00 OS7124 2 36 24 72 119 364.00 JO1878SUW 2 48 18 78 155 527.00 JO2478SUW 2 48 24 78 181 569.00 Counter Height Cabinet Please Note Standard Colors: Sand, Accent Blue Cat. No. 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 306 ♦ 307 ♦ Combination Cabinet Technical Workstations are easily configured to meet any technical application. Heavy duty work surfaces and optional static-control surfaces are designed to handle the toughest assignments. Power Rails provide convenient desktop access to power receptacles. The optional Instrument Shelf is designed to provide more work space while complementing the design and function of the Technical Workstation. Additional Hanging Drawer Units allow for convenient storage of small items. PED-10-XX (1 Drawer) PED-20-XX (2 Drawer) PED-30-XX (3 Drawer) TECHNICAL WORKSTATIONS 47 Specialty Cabinets Steel Lockers: Single Tier Single Tier lockers are roomy enough for just about any secured storage application. Tennsco’s Single Tier lockers are the most popular general purpose locker in factories, schools, hospitals, and other locations where coats and clothing are stored. Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Welded 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes Cat. No. Cat. No. ASSEMBLED Unit Wt. Unit Price STS-121260-1 52 $338.00 STS-121560-1 STS-121560-3 STS-121860-1 STS-121860-3 STS-151560-1 STS-151560-3 STS-151860-1 STS-151860-3 STS-121272-1 STS-121272-3 STS-121572-1 ♦ STS-121572-3 ♦ STS-121872-1 ♦ STS-121872-3 ♦ STS-151572-1 ♦ STS-151572-3 ♦ STS-151872-1 ♦ STS-151872-3 ♦ STS-182172-1 STS-182172-2 55 140 59 150 55 140 60 150 61 156 65 164 69 173 70 179 76 196 92 161 351.00 803.00 363.00 861.00 351.00 803.00 378.00 910.00 359.00 831.00 373.00 844.00 384.00 879.00 409.00 974.00 414.00 970.00 488.00 909.00 STS-242472-1 113 574.00 STS-121260-A 50 325.00 STS-121560-A STS-121560-C STS-121860-A STS-121860-C STS-151560-A STS-151560-C STS-151860-A STS-151860-C STS-121272-A STS-121272-C STS-121572-A STS-121572-C STS-121872-A ♦ STS-121872-C ♦ STS-151572-A STS-151572-C STS-151872-A STS-151872-C STS-182172-A STS-182172-B 53 135 57 145 53 135 55 145 59 147 64 159 68 169 73 182 76 191 86 151 338.00 779.00 350.00 832.00 354.00 821.00 367.00 881.00 344.00 802.00 358.00 823.00 367.00 846.00 398.00 961.00 398.00 949.00 475.00 834.00 STS-242472-A 107 542.00 Cat. No. UNASSEMBLED Unit Wt. With Legs STK-121260-1 ♦ 51 STK-121260-3 ♦ 130 STK-121560-1 ♦ 54 STK-121560-3 ♦ 137 STK-121860-1 ♦ 58 STK-121860-3 ♦ 147 Unit Price Openings $291.00 665.00 307.00 701.00 316.00 738.00 STK-121272-1 ♦ STK-121272-3 ♦ STK-121572-1 ♦ STK-121572-3 ♦ STK-121872-1 ♦ STK-121872-3 ♦ STK-151572-1 STK-151572-3 STK-151872-1 ♦ STK-151872-3 ♦ STK-182172-1 60 153 63 161 68 170 69 176 74 192 90 287.00 701.00 297.00 726.00 311.00 746.00 329.00 823.00 329.00 823.00 461.00 STK-182172-3 277 971.00 Without Legs STK-121260-A 49 STK-121260-C 125 STK-121560-A 52 STK-121560-C 133 STK-121860-A 56 STK-121860-C 142 STK-151560-A 52 294.00 654.00 303.00 699.00 314.00 732.00 316.00 STK-151860-A STK-151860-C STK-121272-A STK-121272-C STK-121572-A STK-121572-C STK-121872-A STK-121872-C 54 142 58 145 62 156 66 166 324.00 761.00 284.00 691.00 294.00 717.00 304.00 736.00 STK-151872-A STK-151872-C STK-182172-A 75 187 84 326.00 822.00 454.00 STK-182172-C 272 963.00 Opening W D H Overall Unit W D H 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 18 36 54 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 18 36 54 24 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 21 21 21 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 Bin Rails W D H Wt. List Price Included Cabinet with Solid Doors 8 36 18 78 216 $885.00 7818BC 7824BC 8 36 24 78 240 917.00 CBR-36 Additional Bin Rails 36 1/2 11/2 2.0 72" High Laptop Charging Station 10.00 Welded Laptop Charging Stations Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings 42"H Cabinet with 16 Charging Stations 17 36 24 42 97 $988.00 4224-CMP 4224-CMPM (mobile) 17 36 24 483/4 118 1,082.00 72"H Cabinet with 32 Charging Stations 33 36 24 72 282 1,852.00 7224-CMP 303 1,946.00 7224-CMPM (mobile) 33 36 24 783/4 72" High Perforated Storage Cabinet Welded Cabinet with Perforated Doors Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Standard Cabinets with Perforated Doors 5 36 18 72 125 $461.00 7218-PD 7224-PD 5 36 24 72 142 530.00 Janitorial Cabinet Jumbo Cabinets with Perforated Doors J1878SU-PD 5 48 18 78 201 817.00 J2478SU-PD 5 48 24 78 231 874.00 Welded 64" High Janitorial Cabinet Cat. No. No. of W Openings 36 JAN6618DH 4 D H Wt. List Price 18 64 99 $475.00 Welded Military Cabinet Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Military Cabinet With Standard Handle TA-50 2 42 24 78 290 $1,128.00 Military Cabinet Military Cabinet With Heavy-Duty Handle TA-50HH 2 42 24 78 295 1,257.00 TA-50ES Extra Shelves 42 24 20 88.00 Welded Single Door Cabinet Cat. No. 1824 309 No. of W D H Wt. Openings Single Door Cabinet 2 19 24 30 53 Extra Shelves 19 24 3/4 5.9 Single Door Cabinet List Price $299.00 23.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 48 STEEL LOCKERS SPECIALTY CABINETS 9 Steel Lockers: Double Tier Specialty Cabinets Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Double Tiered lockers feature two openings per locker, giving you twice as many lockers in the same space, yet providing plenty of hanging room for shirts and jackets. Perfect for the gym or health club. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand Cat. No. Bookcase/Storage Cabinet BCD18-72 Cat. No. BCD18-72 ♦ DWR-4218* ♦ DWR-6618* ♦ DWR-7218-2 301 ♦ 302 ♦ Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer DWR-6618 No. of Openings W H Wt. Welded Combination Bookcase/Storage Cabinet 5 36 18 72 122 Welded Storage Cabinets with Lateral Drawer(s) 2 36 18 42 94 4 36 18 66 135 3 36 18 72 150 Extra Shelves 3 36 18 /4 8.2 3 36 24 /4 10.5 Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Welded 60" High Storage Cabinets 6018DH 5 36 18 60 107 $456.00 6024DH 5 36 24 60 126 505.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ D Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer DWR-4218 Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 * Lateral drawers ship standard with file rods for side-to-side filing applications. For front-to-back filing, drawers will accommodate two rows of letter-sized files only. This requires one pair of 15CRs (see pg. 15) per drawer sold separately. National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 List Price $471.00 542.00 649.00 1,015.00 23.00 31.00 Cat. No. No. of W D H Wt. List Price Openings Welded 66" High Storage Cabinets 6618DH 5 36 18 66 120 $484.00 6624DH 5 36 24 66 136 549.00 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 6620DH 304 ♦ 305 ♦ 60" High Storage Cabinet Extra Shelves 36 18 3/4 36 24 3/4 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 Welded Combination Cabinet 6 36 24 66 135 568.00 Extra Shelves 18 18 3/4 18 24 3/4 4.0 5.8 14.30 17.00 66" High Storage Cabinet Caster Kit Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height (Page 4). Caster Kit is not available for DWR units. ASSEMBLED Unit Wt. Unit Price DTS-121230-1 DTS-121230-3 DTS-121530-1 DTS-121530-3 DTS-121830-1 DTS-121830-3 DTS-151530-1 DTS-151530-3 DTS-151830-1 DTS-151830-3 DTS-121236-1 ♦ DTS-121236-3 ♦ DTS-121536-1 ♦ DTS-121536-3 ♦ DTS-121836-1 ♦ DTS-121836-3 ♦ DTS-151536-1 DTS-151536-3 DTS-151836-1 ♦ DTS-151836-3 ♦ 54 134 59 148 64 160 64 160 69 173 63 156 66 164 70 175 75 187 77 196 DTS-121230-A DTS-121230-C DTS-121530-A DTS-121530-C DTS-121830-A DTS-121830-C DTS-151530-A DTS-151530-C DTS-151830-A DTS-151830-C DTS-121236-A DTS-121236-C ♦ DTS-121536-A DTS-121536-C ♦ DTS-121836-A ♦ DTS-121836-C ♦ DTS-151536-A DTS-151536-C DTS-151836-A DTS-151836-C 48 120 52 130 57 145 62 155 67 167 60 153 63 160 68 171 73 183 77 193 Cat. No. UNASSEMBLED Unit Price Openings $369.00 907.00 380.00 928.00 388.00 952.00 410.00 1,011.00 414.00 1,035.00 388.00 910.00 401.00 935.00 407.00 955.00 430.00 1,058.00 439.00 1,074.00 Unit Wt. With Legs DTK-121230-1 53 DTK-121230-3 132 DTK-121530-1 58 DTK-121530-3 145 DTK-121830-1 63 DTK-121830-3 157 DTK-151530-1 63 DTK-151530-3 157 DTK-151830-1 68 DTK-151830-3 169 DTK-121236-1 ♦ 61 DTK-121236-3 ♦ 153 DTK-121536-1 ♦ 65 DTK-121536-3 ♦ 161 DTK-121836-1 ♦ 69 DTK-121836-3 ♦ 172 DTK-151536-1 74 DTK-151536-3 184 DTK-151836-1 ♦ 75 DTK-151836-3 ♦ 193 Opening W D H Overall Unit W D H $317.00 746.00 328.00 768.00 330.00 825.00 345.00 857.00 345.00 873.00 312.00 777.00 322.00 805.00 335.00 821.00 343.00 897.00 353.00 874.00 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 355.00 854.00 367.00 892.00 374.00 934.00 394.00 969.00 401.00 1,008.00 372.00 908.00 385.00 918.00 388.00 924.00 417.00 1,033.00 430.00 1,041.00 Without Legs DTK-121230-A 47 DTK-121230-C 118 DTK-121530-A 51 DTK-121530-C 128 DTK-121830-A 56 DTK-121830-C 142 DTK-151530-A 61 DTK-151530-C 152 DTK-151830-A 66 DTK-151830-C 164 DTK-121236-A 59 DTK-121236-C 150 DTK-121536-A 62 DTK-121536-C 158 DTK-121836-A 66 DTK-121836-C 168 DTK-151536-A 72 DTK-151536-C 180 DTK-151836-A 76 DTK-151836-C 189 312.00 742.00 324.00 761.00 329.00 819.00 325.00 843.00 344.00 826.00 308.00 764.00 320.00 797.00 333.00 814.00 338.00 849.00 350.00 885.00 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 8 STORAGE CABINETS STEEL LOCKERS 49 C-Thru Storage Cabinets Steel Lockers: Box Lockers Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand • • • • Clear acrylic door panels offer visibility to stored contents. Three point locking mechanism for maximum security. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty and Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Combination Cabinet Cat. No. ASSEMBLED Unit Wt. Unit Price BS5-121212-1 BS5-121212-3 BS5-121512-1 ♦ BS5-121512-3 ♦ BS5-121812-1 ♦ BS5-121812-3 ♦ BS5-151512-1 BS5-151512-3 BS5-151812-1 BS5-151812-3 52 131 56 141 61 152 64 161 67 167 $359.00 709.00 378.00 792.00 390.00 830.00 423.00 926.00 437.00 975.00 BS5-121212-A BS5-121212-C BS5-121512-A BS5-121512-C BS5-121812-A BS5-121812-C BS5-151512-A BS5-151512-C BS5-151812-A BS5-151812-C 50 126 54 136 59 147 62 156 65 162 351.00 723.00 367.00 741.00 371.00 792.00 444.00 913.00 429.00 947.00 BS6-121212-1 ♦ BS6-121212-3 ♦ BS6-121512-1 ♦ BS6-121512-3 ♦ BS6-121812-1 ♦ BS6-121812-3 ♦ BS6-151512-1 BS6-151512-3 BS6-151812-1 BS6-151812-3 61 154 66 167 71 180 76 190 79 198 396.00 922.00 415.00 1,010.00 425.00 1,071.00 466.00 1,174.00 481.00 1,207.00 BS6-121212-A ♦ BS6-121212-C ♦ BS6-121512-A BS6-121512-C BS6-121812-A ♦ BS6-121812-C ♦ BS6-151512-A BS6-151512-C BS6-151812-A BS6-151812-C 59 149 64 161 69 175 74 185 79 198 385.00 874.00 403.00 975.00 399.00 1,053.00 466.00 1,143.00 478.00 1,181.00 Cat. No. UNASSEMBLED Unit Unit Wt. Price 5 Tier High With Legs BK5-121212-1 51 $288.00 BK5-121212-3 129 675.00 BK5-121512-1 ♦ 55 302.00 BK5-121512-3 ♦ 138 704.00 BK5-121812-1 ♦ 60 308.00 BK5-121812-3 ♦ 149 728.00 BK5-151512-1 63 341.00 BK5-151512-3 159 821.00 BK5-151812-1 65 344.00 BK5-151812-3 164 844.00 5 Tier High Without Legs BK5-121212-A 49 281.00 BK5-121212-C 124 673.00 BK5-121512-A 53 295.00 BK5-121512-C 134 696.00 BK5-121812-A 58 305.00 BK5-121812-C 144 719.00 BK5-151512-A 61 337.00 BK5-151512-C 154 811.00 BK5-151812-A 63 339.00 BK5-151812-C 159 832.00 6 Tier High With Legs BK6-121212-1 ♦ 60 307.00 BK6-121212-3 ♦ 151 764.00 BK6-121512-1 ♦ 65 321.00 BK6-121512-3 ♦ 164 796.00 BK6-121812-1 ♦ 70 338.00 BK6-121812-3 ♦ 177 825.00 BK6-151512-1 75 361.00 BK6-151512-3 187 931.00 BK6-151812-1 78 375.00 BK6-151812-3 194 952.00 6 Tier High Without Legs BK6-121212-A 58 301.00 BK6-121212-C 146 756.00 BK6-121512-A 63 316.00 BK6-121512-C 158 785.00 BK6-121812-A 67 332.00 BK6-121812-C 172 815.00 BK6-151512-A 73 360.00 BK6-151512-C 182 920.00 BK6-151812-A 78 371.00 BK6-151812-C 194 941.00 Openings Opening W D H Overall Unit W D H 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 5 15 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 6 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 36 12 36 12 36 15 45 15 45 12 12 15 15 18 18 15 15 18 18 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 Cat. No. CVD1470 CVD1480 CVD7218 CVD7224 CVD1870 CVD2470 CVD7818 CVD7824 Wardrobe Cabinet Grade No. of Openings Standard Standard Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 301 ♦ 302 ♦ Storage Cabinet CVD1471 CVD7114 CVD1871 CVD2471 CVD7818W CVD7824W Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe 301 ♦ 302 ♦ CVD1472 CVD7214 CVD7220 CVD1872 CVD2472 CVD7814 CVD7820 * “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit. ‡ Counter top extends ½" past front of unit. National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 Standard Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe 304 ♦ 305 ♦ CVD1442 CVD4218 CVD1842‡ CVD2442‡ 301 ♦ 302 ♦ Standard Standard Deluxe Deluxe 2 2 2 2 2 2 W D Storage Cabinets 36 18 36 24 36 18 36 24 36 18 36 24 36 18 36 24 Extra Shelves 36 18 36 24 Counter Height Cabinet H Type* Wt. List Price 72 72 72 72 78 78 78 78 KD KD WSU WSU KD KD WSU WSU 113 136 136 153 154 183 162 194 $501.00 571.00 546.00 615.00 624.00 674.00 701.00 756.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 99 111 140 155 140 164 463.00 521.00 569.00 606.00 655.00 696.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 112 132 155 152 181 160 192 520.00 575.00 671.00 641.00 693.00 732.00 799.00 4 5.8 14.30 17.00 69 82 90 103 352.00 411.00 431.00 460.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 ¾ ¾ Wardrobe Cabinets 36 18 72 36 18 72 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Combination Cabinets 7 36 18 72 7 36 18 72 7 36 24 72 7 36 18 78 7 36 24 78 7 36 18 78 7 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 18 18 ¾ 18 24 ¾ Counter Height Cabinets 3 36 18 42 3 36 24 42 3 36 18 42 3 36 24 42 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ KD WSU KD KD WSU WSU KD WSU WSU KD KD WSU WSU KD WSU KD KD National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 50 STEEL LOCKERS STORAGE CABINETS 7 Steel Lockers: 16-Person, 15-Person & Wall Mounted Lockers Jumbo Storage Cabinets • • • • • • • 48” wide cabinet provides 33% more storage space. Industrial box formed shelves have a 400 lb. load capacity. Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors. Three point door locking mechanism for maximum security. Reinforced doors provide strength and durability. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space. QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty, Sand Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand 16-Person Locker With Legs Storage Cabinet 3-Person Wall Mounted Double Handles Two brushed chrome handles, with one that locks both doors, makes opening and closing of the doors easy. Storage Cabinet with Sliding Door Caster Kit Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16” to cabinet height. Cat. No. Openings W D Wardrobe Cabinet Sliding Door adds 3 ½" to cabinet depth. Combination Cabinet * “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit. National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 H Type* 4-Person Wall Mounted Wt. List Price Jumbo Storage Cabinets J1842A 3 48 18 42 KD 113 $480.00 J1878A-N ♦ 5 48 18 78 KD 180 635.00 J2478A-N ♦ 5 48 24 78 KD 208 687.00 J1830SU 2 48 18 30 SU 103 507.00 J1842SU ♦ 3 48 18 42 SU 121 569.00 J1878SU ♦ 5 48 18 78 SU 203 796.00 J2478SU ♦ 5 48 24 78 SU 233 853.00 Jumbo Storage Cabinets with Sliding Door JSD1878SU ♦ 5 48 211/4 78 SU 228 $1,058.00 JSD2478SU ♦ 5 48 271/4 78 SU 258 $1,175.00 Extra Shelves 306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00 307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00 Jumbo Wardrobe Cabinets J1878A-N-W ♦ 2 48 18 78 KD 173 563.00 J2478A-N-W ♦ 2 48 24 78 KD 199 741.00 761.00 J1878SUW ♦ 2 48 18 78 SU 191 J2478SUW ♦ 2 48 24 78 SU 217 782.00 Extra Shelves 306 ♦ 48 18 15/16 10.6 36.00 307 ♦ 48 24 15/16 14 41.00 Jumbo Combination Cabinets J1878C-N 7 48 18 78 KD 193 626.00 J2478C-N 7 48 24 78 KD 213 692.00 Extra Shelves JPS18 ♦ 24 18 15/16 3.9 24.00 JPS24 ♦ 24 24 15/16 5.2 28.00 Caster Kit for 24" Deep Jumbo Cabinets CK-4824 ♦ 48 24 611/16 24 123.00 Pad Lock Hasp 1.0 6.30 HSP 3, 4, 15 & 16-Person Box Lockers Assembled/Unassembled Assembled* Assembled* Assembled* Assembled* Unassembled Assembled* Unassembled Cat. No. Opening Overall Unit W D H W D H 3-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers BS1-121812-3 ♦ 3 12 18 12 36 18 12 4-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers BS1-121812-4 ♦ 4 12 18 12 48 18 12 15-Person Box Lockers With Legs SRS-601878-1 ♦ 15 12 18 12 60 18 78 16-Person Box Lockers With Legs SRS-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 SRK-721878-1 ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 78 16-Person Box Lockers Without Legs SRS-721872-A ♦ 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 SRK-721872-A 16 12 18 12 72 18 72 * Center section and coat rod to be attached in field. 6 STORAGE CABINETS Openings Wt. List Price 43 $398.00 55 425.00 182 1,200.00 190 187 1,252.00 938.00 184 181 1,238.00 944.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up Locker Accessories are located on page 54. STEEL LOCKERS 51 Steel Lockers: Ventilated Steel Lockers Ventilated Steel Lockers feature three-sided locker ventilation, which offers continuous airflow to help prevent odor causing bacteria. The specially designed diamond-shaped ventilation slots allow clear visibility to locker interior making it easy to identify contents. Ventilated Lockers also offer all welded construction, smooth operating latching mechanism and are available with and without legs. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Standard Storage Cabinets • • • • • • • Reinforced doors provide strength & durability. Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts. Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned. Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way. Three point locking mechanism for maximum security. Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards. Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty, Sand * Not available for RH Cabinets. Storage Cabinet Standard Handle Polished chrome handle with lock activates the cabinet’s three-point locking system. Ventilated Steel Lockers - No assembly required. Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price Single Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs VSL-121872-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 $496.00 VSL-121872-3 ♦ 36 18 78 219 1,156.00 VSL-151872-1 15 18 78 93 526.00 VSL-151872-3 45 18 78 233 1,265.00 VSL-181872-1 18 18 78 98 602.00 VSL-181872-2 36 18 78 245 1,073.00 Single Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs VSL-121872-A 12 18 72 86 485.00 VSL-121872-C 36 18 72 214 1,131.00 VSL-151872-A 15 18 72 91 515.00 VSL-151872-C 45 18 72 228 1,240.00 VSL-181872-A 18 18 72 96 596.00 VSL-181872-B 36 18 72 241 1,067.00 Double Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs VDL-121836-1 ♦ 12 18 78 88 524.00 VDL-121836-3 ♦ 36 18 78 223 1,256.00 VDL-151836-1 15 18 78 93 594.00 VDL-151836-3 45 18 78 233 1,406.00 Double Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs VDL-121836-A ♦ 12 18 72 84 520.00 VDL-121836-C 36 18 72 209 1,234.00 VDL-151836-A 15 18 72 88 587.00 VDL-151836-C 45 18 72 223 1,389.00 6-High Box Ventilated Lockers With Legs VBL6-1218-1 ♦ 12 18 78 104 606.00 VBL6-1218-3 ♦ 36 18 78 274 1,448.00 6-High Box Ventilated Lockers Without Legs VBL6-1218-A 12 18 78 102 595.00 VBL6-1218-C 36 18 78 269 1,423.00 National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 Locker Accessories are located on page 54. 52 STEEL LOCKERS Recessed Handle Optional recessed handle for Standard Storage Cabinets offers easy access without obstructions protruding into narrow aisle ways. Caster Kit Combination Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16" to cabinet height. Cat. No.* Openings W D 1470 ♦ 1470RH ♦ 1480 ♦ 1480RH ♦ 7218 ♦ 7218RH 7224 ♦ 7224RH 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 1471 ♦ 7114 ♦ 301 ♦ 1472 ♦ 1482 7214 ♦ 7220 ♦ 304 ♦ 305 ♦ 1442 ‡ ♦ 4218 ♦ H Type** Wt. List Price Storage Cabinets 36 18 72 KD 122 $389.00 36 18 72 KD 122 416.00 36 24 72 KD 139 463.00 36 24 72 KD 139 486.00 36 18 72 WSU 126 441.00 36 18 72 WSU 126 461.00 36 24 72 WSU 143 510.00 36 24 72 WSU 143 530.00 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00 36 24 ¾ 10.5 31.00 Wardrobe Cabinets 2 36 18 72 KD 100 358.00 2 36 18 72 WSU 107 416.00 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Combination Cabinets 7 36 18 72 KD 123 7 36 24 72 KD 149 7 36 18 72 WSU 125 7 36 24 72 WSU 143 Extra Shelves 18 18 ¾ 4 18 24 ¾ 5.8 Counter Height Cabinets 3 36 18 42 KD 74 3 36 18 42 WSU 79 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 8.2 14.30 17.00 272.00 331.00 301 ♦ ** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit. Desk Height Cabinets 1430 ‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 KD 51 230.00 3018 ‡ ♦ 2 36 18 30 WSU 58 297.00 Extra Shelves 301 ♦ 36 18 ¾ 8.2 23.00 Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets CK18 ♦ 36 18 6 11/16 21 103.00 CK24 ♦ 36 24 6 11/16 23 107.00 National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 Counter Height Cabinet 416.00 466.00 470.00 566.00 * “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle. ‡ Countertop extends ½" past front of unit. Desk Height Cabinet 23.00 STORAGE CABINETS 5 Deluxe Storage Cabinets • • • • • • • Steel Lockers: C-Thru Lockers Heavy-duty 16 gauge door frame for added durability. Knuckle hinges provide added strength and security. Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors. Louvered back panel provides cabinet ventilation. Three point door locking mechanism for added security. Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards. Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty, Sand C-Thru Lockers are the perfect solution for viewing the contents of lockers without violating people's privacy in schools, industrial applications, airports, prisons and more where concealed belongings need to be scrutinized. Tennsco C-Thru Lockers feature heavy duty steel construction with visual door panels and vandal-resistant handles for secure storage of clothing and personal belongings. Please Note Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/ Putty, Sand * Not available for RH Cabinets. C-Thru Lockers Cat. No. Storage Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinet Cat. No.* Double Handles Two brushed chrome handles, with one that locks both doors, makes opening and closing of the doors easy. Recessed Handle Optional recessed handle offers easy access without handles protruding into narrow aisle ways. Caster Kit Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect for areas where materials need to be secured yet accessible at different locations. Adds 6 11/16” to cabinet height. 1870 ♦ 1870RH ♦ 2470 ♦ 2470RH ♦ 7818 ♦ 7818RH 7824 ♦ 7824RH Combination Cabinet No. of Openings 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 1871 ♦ 2471 ♦ 7818W ♦ 7824W ♦ 2 2 2 2 301 ♦ 302 ♦ 1872 ♦ 2472 ♦ 7814 ♦ 7820 ♦ 7 7 7 7 304 ♦ 305 ♦ 1842‡ ♦ 2442‡ ♦ 4218DLX‡ ♦ 4224DLX‡ ♦ * “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle. ** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit. ‡ Counter top extends ½" past front of unit. †† Not with use with a recessed handle National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70 301 ♦ 302 ♦ CK18 ♦ CK24 ♦ HSP†† 4 STORAGE CABINETS 3 3 3 3 W D H Storage Cabinets 36 18 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Wardrobe Cabinets 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Combination Cabinets 36 18 78 36 24 78 36 18 78 36 24 78 Extra Shelves 18 18 ¾ 18 24 ¾ Counter Height Cabinet Type** Wt. List Price KD KD KD KD WSU WSU WSU WSU 154 154 168 168 157 157 178 175 $504.00 514.00 554.00 564.00 580.00 591.00 636.00 646.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 140 155 134 154 449.00 486.00 535.00 576.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 152 181 156 178 521.00 573.00 612.00 679.00 4 5.8 14.30 17.00 90 103 90 103 351.00 380.00 447.00 474.00 8.2 10.5 23.00 31.00 21 23 103.00 107.00 1 6.30 KD KD WSU WSU KD KD WSU WSU Counter Height Cabinets 36 18 42 KD 36 24 42 KD 36 18 42 SU 36 24 42 SU Extra Shelves 36 18 ¾ 36 24 ¾ Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets 36 18 6 11/16 36 24 6 11/16 Padlock Hasp†† W D H Wt. Single Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs CSL-121272-1 12 12 78 61 CSL-121272-3 36 12 78 156 CSL-121572-1 12 15 78 65 CSL-121572-3 36 15 78 164 CSL-121872-1 12 18 78 69 CSL-121872-3 36 18 78 173 CSL-151872-1 15 18 78 76 CSL-151872-3 45 18 78 196 Single Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs CSL-121572-C 36 15 72 159 CSL-121872-A 12 18 72 67 CSL-121872-C 36 18 72 168 CSL-151872-A 15 18 72 74 CSL-151872-C 45 18 72 191 Double Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs CDL-121236-1 12 12 78 59 CDL-121236-3 36 12 78 151 CDL-121536-1 12 15 78 63 CDL-121536-3 36 15 78 159 CDL-121836-1 12 18 78 67 CDL-121836-3 36 18 78 168 CDL-151836-1 15 18 78 74 CDL-151836-3 45 18 78 191 Double Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs CDL-121236-A 12 12 72 57 CDL-121236-C 36 12 72 146 CDL-121536-C 36 15 72 154 CDL-121836-A 12 18 72 65 CDL-121836-C 36 18 72 163 CDL-151836-C 45 18 72 186 6 High Box C-Thru Lockers With Legs CBL6-121212-1 12 12 78 53 CBL6-121212-3 36 12 78 131 CBL6-121512-1 12 15 78 58 CBL6-121512-3 36 15 78 145 CBL6-121812-1 12 18 78 63 CBL6-121812-3 36 18 78 157 6 High Box C-Thru Lockers Without Legs CBL6-121212-A 12 12 72 51 CBL6-121212-C 36 12 72 126 CBL6-121512-A 12 15 72 56 CBL6-121512-C 36 15 72 140 CBL6-121812-A 12 18 72 61 CBL6-121812-C 36 18 72 152 List Price $462.00 1,119.00 476.00 1,148.00 488.00 1,181.00 543.00 1,344.00 1,126.00 487.00 1,164.00 521.00 1,305.00 498.00 1,366.00 553.00 1,393.00 560.00 1,361.00 590.00 1,502.00 543.00 1,369.00 1,274.00 544.00 1,387.00 1,487.00 413.00 1,125.00 432.00 1,134.00 445.00 1,171.00 406.00 1,065.00 425.00 1,115.00 438.00 1,144.00 Note: All C-Thru lockers are available without legs. Call Tennsco for pricing. National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 STEEL LOCKERS 53 Table of Contents Steel Locker Accessories Locker Benches are available and feature a clear lacquer finish on 1¼" thick laminated maple top. Combination and Manual Locking options provide security and are virtually tamper-proof. Number/Name Plates provide order and a clean finished look Sloping Tops prevent unwanted clutter and are available in one wide and three wide units. Choose from Front and Closed Locker Bases that provide a flush, finished appearance. Cat. No. W D H Wt. HMLB-36 36 91/2 11/4 HMLB-48 48 91/2 11/4 HMLB-60 60 91/2 11/4 11/4 HMLB-72 72 91/2 HMLB-84 84 91/2 11/4 11/4 HMLB-96 96 91/2 HMLB-108 108 91/2 11/4 HMLB-120 120 91/2 11/4 11/4 HMLB-132 132 91/2 HMLB-144 144 91/2 11/4 LBP-1 ♦ Bench Pedestal (161/4" H) Please Note Bookcases 11 Literature Sorters, 30 Drawer Organizers & Card Files 12 Vertical Files 13 QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey, Sand Lateral Files 14 Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories 15 Imperial Shelving & Doors To Meet HIPAA Compliance 16 Fixed Shelf Filing Units & Lateral File Units 17 Add-A-Stack Shelving 18 ESP Shelving & Regal Shelving 19 - Assembly required. Locker Bench 10 16 20 20 28 32 36 40 44 48 7 List Price $101.00 135.00 166.00 199.00 232.00 271.00 311.00 345.00 388.00 431.00 54.00 Note: Must order bench pedestal separately. Use three pedestals for benches 108" to 144". W 4-10 Standard Colors: Black, Champagne/Putty, Light Grey, Medium Grey, Sand Sloping Tops - Assembly required. Cat. No. Storage Cabinets D H Wt. List Price KST-1212 ♦ KST-1215 ♦ KST-1218 ♦ KST-1518 ♦ KST-1521 KST-1821 KST-2424 Sloping Top - One Wide 12 12 12 15 12 18 15 18 15 21 18 21 24 24 - 3.6 4.3 5 5.5 7.6 7.9 9.1 $44.00 46.00 49.00 52.00 62.00 65.00 110.00 KST-3612 ♦ KST-3615 ♦ KST-3618 ♦ KST-4518 ♦ KST-4521 Sloping Top - Three Wide 36 12 7.7 36 15 9 36 18 10.1 45 18 13.4 45 21 15 61.00 69.00 74.00 83.00 97.00 Z-Line Shelving (Low Profile, Long Span, Record Archive, Stur-D-Stor and Z-Line Components) 20-26 27 Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks Q-Line Industrial Shelving (Pre-configured Units & Components) 28-31 Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets & Foreman’s Desk 32 Tool & Die Rack 33 34-35 Bulk Storage (Uprights & Components) 36 Logic Wire Shelving & Hand Carts Mobile Workbenches 37-38 Workbenches (Fixed & Adjustable Leg, Electronic & Electronic Modular), Service Carts, Workbench Accessories 39-45 Stur-D-Bench 46 Technical Workstations 47 Steel Lockers (Single, Double, Box Lockers, C-Thru Lockers, Ventilated Lockers, Accessories, Cubbies) 48-55 POLICY AND SERVICES PRICING: All prices are F.O.B. Tennsco Corp’s Facility in Dickson, Tennessee. All orders are subject to final acceptance at the Home Office, Dickson, Tennessee. Prices subject to change without notice. Tennsco has the right to make product design changes at any time. Tennsco’s prices do not include sales, use, excise or similar taxes. Consequently, in addition to the prices specified herein, the amount of any present or future sales, use, excise or similar tax applicable to the manufacture, sale, purchase or use of the goods sold hereunder shall be paid by Buyer. In lieu thereof, Buyer shall provide Seller with a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the applicable taxing authorities. Locks Cat. No. Description Wt. Grooved Key Locks MAS-1710MK Grooved Key Lock (Dead Bolt) .4 Combination Locks MAS-1670 MAS-1654 .5 .5 Dead Bolt (Master Keyed) Spring Bolt (Master Keyed) Combination Padlocks MAS-1525 MAS-1502 .5 .5 Combination (Master Keyed) Combination (No Key) List Price $39.00 47.00 46.00 21.00 14.90 (LNP-A) (LNP-3) Number/Name Plates Cat. No. LNP-3 LNP-A W Plastic Aluminum 54 STEEL LOCKERS 35/16 27/16 H Wt. /16 /4 .1 .1 7 3 List Price $2.10 1.50 Locker Bases Cat. No. W D H Wt. List Price Front Bases (for use on leg lockers) FB-12 ♦ 12 6 1.2 $6.30 FB-15 ♦ 15 6 1.7 7.00 FB-18 ♦ 18 6 2 8.40 FB-24 24 6 2.8 14.60 End Bases (for use on leg lockers) EB-12 ♦ 12 6 1.2 10.30 EB-15 ♦ 15 6 1.4 10.60 EB-18 ♦ 18 6 1.7 10.80 EB-21 21 6 2.4 21.00 EB-24 24 6 2.6 22.00 Closed Locker Bases (for use on no leg lockers) CLB-1212 12 12 6 7.4 37.00 CLB-1215 ♦ 12 15 6 7.3 40.00 CLB-1218 ♦ 12 18 6 7.7 41.00 CLB-1518 ♦ 15 18 6 8.5 46.00 CLB-1521 15 21 6 11 52.00 3 Wide Locker Bases CLB-3612 36 12 6 13.1 73.00 CLB-3615 36 15 6 16.3 76.00 CLB-3618 ♦ 36 18 6 19.6 74.00 CLB-4512 45 12 6 16.3 81.00 CLB-4515 45 15 6 20.4 85.00 CLB-4518 45 18 6 17 87.00 TERMS OF PAYMENT: Terms are Net 30 Days from date of shipment. A service charge of 1 1/2% per month will be charged for overdue invoices. MINIMUM ORDERS: Minimum order is $15.00. SPECIFICATIONS: Tennsco reserves the right to change any product specifications contained in this price list. FREIGHT CHARGES: All shipments will be made freight collect unless otherwise specified. If freight is prepared, it will be added to the invoice or billed separately, depending on arrangements. On shipments by parcel post, the postage will be added to the invoice. All routing will be done solely by the Home Office. If purchaser does not accept delivery of merchandise when ready for shipment, storage fees will be charged to the purchaser. WEIGHT: Shipping weights shown are approximate. FREIGHT CLAIMS: Claims for shortages must be made in writing to the Home Office within 15 days from receipt of shipment. Claims for damaged or lost material must be filed with the carrier. CAUTION: When you give delivering carrier a clear receipt for a shipment in which there is damaged merchandise or a shortage, the carrier is relieved of further responsibility. Claims for damage or shortage must be filed by you with the delivering carrier. Tennsco will not accept return of merchandise damaged in transit. Your claim is with the delivering carrier. CANCELLATIONS & RETURNS: Orders for “Special” items are not subject to change or cancellation. No return merchandise will be accepted without written consent of the General Office, Dickson, Tennessee. All returned shipments are subject to a handling charge of 25% plus all transportation charges incurred by Tennsco unless Tennsco is at fault. Once production of “Special” items has begun, cancellation of order is subject to Tennsco approval. A 15% surcharge will be assessed to approved cancelled items. LIMITED WARRANTY Tennsco warrants goods purchased hereunder to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment, hereunder. Tennsco’s warranty shall not apply in the event goods are damaged as a result of misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, improper application, modification or repair by persons not authorized by Seller, where goods are damaged during shipment. UNLESS CONSIDERED UNENFORCEABLE OR UNLAWFUL UNDER APPLICABLE LAW: a. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED. b. BUYERS REMEDY, IF ANY, FOR ANY DEFECTIVE GOODS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A REFUND BY SELLER OR REPLACEMENT OF THE GOODS AT SELLER’S OPTION AND SHALL IN NO EVENT INCLUDE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHERWISE. NO GOODS ACCEPTED FOR RETURN WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. Seller shall have the right to inspect any goods claimed to be defective at Buyer’s place of business or require Buyer to return the goods to Seller for inspection on Seller’s premises. Transportation charges covering returned goods will be borne by Seller only if such goods are proven to be defective, are covered by this warranty and are returned within the warranty period stated above. Steel Lockers: Cubby Lockers Cubby Lockers are designed for your everyday needs. These units can be used for a broad variety of applications from supply storage, to books, to childrens lockers. All-steel construction with a durable powdercoat finish, these cubby lockers provide long term value. Available Colors CC-78 (18 Openings) Cat. No. CC-66 (15 Openings) TENNSCO QUICK-SHIP PROGRAM CC-30 CC-40 CC-52 CC-66 CC-78 ECS-1 NEED AN ORDER FAST? Look for the ♦ logo throughout the book. LCH-2 No of. Openings 6 9 12 15 18 W D H Cubby Lockers 34 1/2 13 1/2 30 34 1/2 13 1/2 40 34 1/2 13 1/2 52 34 1/2 13 1/2 66 34 1/2 13 1/2 78 Extra Shelf 10 12 3/4 3/4 Extra Coat Hook Wt. List Price 56 76 97 120 140 $394.00 502.00 635.00 750.00 860.00 1.6 9.80 0.2 3.10 Many of Tennsco's top items are available to ship in 2 days. Quick Ship inventory is available in limited quantities and select colors. For larger orders, please contact customer service for availability. CC-52 (12 Openings) CC-40 (9 Openings) CC-30 (6 Openings) National Motor Freight classification: Class 100 STEEL LOCKERS 55 Mailing Address: P.O. Box 1888 Dickson, TN 37056-1888 Shipping Address: 201 Tennsco Drive Dickson, TN 37055 Toll Free Customer Service: (866) 446-8686 • Fax (866) 445-7260 Toll Free Ordering: (866) 864-4796 (615) 446-8000 • (800) 251-8184 • Fax (800) 722-0134 www.tennsco.com • [email protected] © Tennsco 2014 T1-14